WO1999020462A2 - Barrier-coated polyester - Google Patents

Barrier-coated polyester Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999020462A2
WO1999020462A2 PCT/US1998/022026 US9822026W WO9920462A2 WO 1999020462 A2 WO1999020462 A2 WO 1999020462A2 US 9822026 W US9822026 W US 9822026W WO 9920462 A2 WO9920462 A2 WO 9920462A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
preform
barrier
polyester
iayer
article
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1998/022026
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1999020462A3 (en
Inventor
Gerald A. Hutchinson
Robert A. Lee
Original Assignee
Plastics Fabrication Technologies, Llc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US08/953,595 external-priority patent/US6312641B1/en
Priority to DE1998638396 priority Critical patent/DE69838396T2/en
Priority to EP98953693A priority patent/EP1023395B1/en
Priority to JP2000516832A priority patent/JP2001520135A/en
Priority to CA002312059A priority patent/CA2312059C/en
Priority to BR9815227A priority patent/BR9815227A/en
Application filed by Plastics Fabrication Technologies, Llc filed Critical Plastics Fabrication Technologies, Llc
Priority to AU11008/99A priority patent/AU752181B2/en
Publication of WO1999020462A2 publication Critical patent/WO1999020462A2/en
Priority to NO20001915A priority patent/NO325367B1/en
Publication of WO1999020462A3 publication Critical patent/WO1999020462A3/en
Priority to AU2002313121A priority patent/AU2002313121B2/en
Priority to NO20074886A priority patent/NO20074886L/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/048Forming gas barrier coatings
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C45/00Injection moulding, i.e. forcing the required volume of moulding material through a nozzle into a closed mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C45/16Making multilayered or multicoloured articles
    • B29C45/1615The materials being injected at different moulding stations
    • B29C45/1625Injecting parison-like articles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C45/00Injection moulding, i.e. forcing the required volume of moulding material through a nozzle into a closed mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C45/16Making multilayered or multicoloured articles
    • B29C45/1642Making multilayered or multicoloured articles having a "sandwich" structure
    • B29C45/1646Injecting parison-like articles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C45/00Injection moulding, i.e. forcing the required volume of moulding material through a nozzle into a closed mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C45/16Making multilayered or multicoloured articles
    • B29C45/1684Injecting parison-like articles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/0005Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor characterised by the material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D1/00Containers having bodies formed in one piece, e.g. by casting metallic material, by moulding plastics, by blowing vitreous material, by throwing ceramic material, by moulding pulped fibrous material, by deep-drawing operations performed on sheet material
    • B65D1/02Bottles or similar containers with necks or like restricted apertures, designed for pouring contents
    • B65D1/0207Bottles or similar containers with necks or like restricted apertures, designed for pouring contents characterised by material, e.g. composition, physical features
    • B65D1/0215Bottles or similar containers with necks or like restricted apertures, designed for pouring contents characterised by material, e.g. composition, physical features multilayered
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/0427Coating with only one layer of a composition containing a polymer binder
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/043Improving the adhesiveness of the coatings per se, e.g. forming primers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D2201/00Polymeric substrate or laminate
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29BPREPARATION OR PRETREATMENT OF THE MATERIAL TO BE SHAPED; MAKING GRANULES OR PREFORMS; RECOVERY OF PLASTICS OR OTHER CONSTITUENTS OF WASTE MATERIAL CONTAINING PLASTICS
    • B29B11/00Making preforms
    • B29B11/06Making preforms by moulding the material
    • B29B11/08Injection moulding
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29BPREPARATION OR PRETREATMENT OF THE MATERIAL TO BE SHAPED; MAKING GRANULES OR PREFORMS; RECOVERY OF PLASTICS OR OTHER CONSTITUENTS OF WASTE MATERIAL CONTAINING PLASTICS
    • B29B11/00Making preforms
    • B29B11/14Making preforms characterised by structure or composition
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C35/00Heating, cooling or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanising; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C35/02Heating or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanizing during moulding, e.g. in a mould
    • B29C35/08Heating or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanizing during moulding, e.g. in a mould by wave energy or particle radiation
    • B29C35/0805Heating or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanizing during moulding, e.g. in a mould by wave energy or particle radiation using electromagnetic radiation
    • B29C2035/0822Heating or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanizing during moulding, e.g. in a mould by wave energy or particle radiation using electromagnetic radiation using IR radiation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/42Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
    • B29C49/78Measuring, controlling or regulating
    • B29C2049/7879Stretching, e.g. stretch rod
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/0715Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration the preform having one end closed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/072Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable wall thickness
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/072Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable wall thickness
    • B29C2949/0723Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable wall thickness at flange portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/072Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable wall thickness
    • B29C2949/0724Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable wall thickness at body portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/073Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable diameter
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/073Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable diameter
    • B29C2949/0732Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable diameter at flange portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/073Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable diameter
    • B29C2949/0733Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration having variable diameter at body portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/076Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration characterised by the shape
    • B29C2949/0768Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration characterised by the shape characterised by the shape of specific parts of preform
    • B29C2949/077Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration characterised by the shape characterised by the shape of specific parts of preform characterised by the neck
    • B29C2949/0772Closure retaining means
    • B29C2949/0773Threads
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/076Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration characterised by the shape
    • B29C2949/0768Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration characterised by the shape characterised by the shape of specific parts of preform
    • B29C2949/077Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration characterised by the shape characterised by the shape of specific parts of preform characterised by the neck
    • B29C2949/0777Tamper-evident band retaining ring
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/081Specified dimensions, e.g. values or ranges
    • B29C2949/0811Wall thickness
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/081Specified dimensions, e.g. values or ranges
    • B29C2949/0811Wall thickness
    • B29C2949/0813Wall thickness of the neck
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/081Specified dimensions, e.g. values or ranges
    • B29C2949/0811Wall thickness
    • B29C2949/0817Wall thickness of the body
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/081Specified dimensions, e.g. values or ranges
    • B29C2949/0811Wall thickness
    • B29C2949/0818Wall thickness of the bottom
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/081Specified dimensions, e.g. values or ranges
    • B29C2949/0811Wall thickness
    • B29C2949/0819Wall thickness of a layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/0861Other specified values, e.g. values or ranges
    • B29C2949/0872Weight
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/20Preforms or parisons whereby a specific part is made of only one component, e.g. only one layer
    • B29C2949/22Preforms or parisons whereby a specific part is made of only one component, e.g. only one layer at neck portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/20Preforms or parisons whereby a specific part is made of only one component, e.g. only one layer
    • B29C2949/24Preforms or parisons whereby a specific part is made of only one component, e.g. only one layer at flange portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/20Preforms or parisons whereby a specific part is made of only one component, e.g. only one layer
    • B29C2949/26Preforms or parisons whereby a specific part is made of only one component, e.g. only one layer at body portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/20Preforms or parisons whereby a specific part is made of only one component, e.g. only one layer
    • B29C2949/28Preforms or parisons whereby a specific part is made of only one component, e.g. only one layer at bottom portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3008Preforms or parisons made of several components at neck portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3012Preforms or parisons made of several components at flange portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3016Preforms or parisons made of several components at body portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/302Preforms or parisons made of several components at bottom portion
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3024Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3024Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique
    • B29C2949/3026Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique having two or more components
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3024Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique
    • B29C2949/3026Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique having two or more components
    • B29C2949/3028Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique having two or more components having three or more components
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3024Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique
    • B29C2949/3026Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique having two or more components
    • B29C2949/3028Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique having two or more components having three or more components
    • B29C2949/303Preforms or parisons made of several components characterised by the number of components or by the manufacturing technique having two or more components having three or more components having more than three components
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3032Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3032Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected
    • B29C2949/3034Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected having two or more components being injected
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3032Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected
    • B29C2949/3034Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected having two or more components being injected
    • B29C2949/3036Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected having two or more components being injected having three or more components being injected
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3032Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected
    • B29C2949/3034Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected having two or more components being injected
    • B29C2949/3036Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected having two or more components being injected having three or more components being injected
    • B29C2949/3038Preforms or parisons made of several components having components being injected having two or more components being injected having three or more components being injected having more than three components being injected
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3064Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3064Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062
    • B29C2949/3066Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 having two or more components being applied using said techniques
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3064Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062
    • B29C2949/3066Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 having two or more components being applied using said techniques
    • B29C2949/3068Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 having two or more components being applied using said techniques having three or more components being applied using said techniques
    • B29C2949/307Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 having two or more components being applied using said techniques having three or more components being applied using said techniques having more than three components being applied using said techniques
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3064Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062
    • B29C2949/3074Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 said at least one component obtained by coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3064Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062
    • B29C2949/3074Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 said at least one component obtained by coating
    • B29C2949/3078Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 said at least one component obtained by coating by spray coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3064Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062
    • B29C2949/3074Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 said at least one component obtained by coating
    • B29C2949/308Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 said at least one component obtained by coating by dip coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/30Preforms or parisons made of several components
    • B29C2949/3064Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062
    • B29C2949/3074Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 said at least one component obtained by coating
    • B29C2949/3082Preforms or parisons made of several components having at least one components being applied using techniques not covered by B29C2949/3032 - B29C2949/3062 said at least one component obtained by coating by powder coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C45/00Injection moulding, i.e. forcing the required volume of moulding material through a nozzle into a closed mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C45/03Injection moulding apparatus
    • B29C45/04Injection moulding apparatus using movable moulds or mould halves
    • B29C45/06Injection moulding apparatus using movable moulds or mould halves mounted on a turntable, i.e. on a rotating support having a rotating axis parallel to the mould opening, closing or clamping direction
    • B29C45/062Injection moulding apparatus using movable moulds or mould halves mounted on a turntable, i.e. on a rotating support having a rotating axis parallel to the mould opening, closing or clamping direction carrying mould halves co-operating with fixed mould halves
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/02Combined blow-moulding and manufacture of the preform or the parison
    • B29C49/06Injection blow-moulding
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/071Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration, e.g. geometry, dimensions or physical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/08Biaxial stretching during blow-moulding
    • B29C49/087Means for providing controlled or limited stretch ratio
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/42Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
    • B29C49/4205Handling means, e.g. transfer, loading or discharging means
    • B29C49/42073Grippers
    • B29C49/42085Grippers holding inside the neck
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/42Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
    • B29C49/4205Handling means, e.g. transfer, loading or discharging means
    • B29C49/42073Grippers
    • B29C49/42087Grippers holding outside the neck
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2067/00Use of polyesters or derivatives thereof, as moulding material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2105/00Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
    • B29K2105/06Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped containing reinforcements, fillers or inserts
    • B29K2105/16Fillers
    • B29K2105/162Nanoparticles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2105/00Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
    • B29K2105/26Scrap or recycled material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2667/00Use of polyesters or derivatives thereof for preformed parts, e.g. for inserts
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2995/00Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds
    • B29K2995/0037Other properties
    • B29K2995/0065Permeability to gases
    • B29K2995/0067Permeability to gases non-permeable
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2272/00Resin or rubber layer comprising scrap, waste or recycling material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/70Other properties
    • B32B2307/724Permeability to gases, adsorption
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2309/00Parameters for the laminating or treatment process; Apparatus details
    • B32B2309/04Time
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2367/00Polyesters, e.g. PET, i.e. polyethylene terephthalate
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2439/00Containers; Receptacles
    • B32B2439/70Food packaging
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2429/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an alcohol, ether, aldehydo, ketonic, acetal, or ketal radical; Hydrolysed polymers of esters of unsaturated alcohols with saturated carboxylic acids; Derivatives of such polymer
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S264/00Plastic and nonmetallic article shaping or treating: processes
    • Y10S264/911Recycling consumer used articles or products
    • Y10S264/917Recycling consumer used articles or products by blow molding material recycled from consumer used article or product
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S264/00Plastic and nonmetallic article shaping or treating: processes
    • Y10S264/911Recycling consumer used articles or products
    • Y10S264/921Recycling consumer used articles or products by injection molding material recycled from consumer used article or product
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/13Hollow or container type article [e.g., tube, vase, etc.]
    • Y10T428/1352Polymer or resin containing [i.e., natural or synthetic]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/13Hollow or container type article [e.g., tube, vase, etc.]
    • Y10T428/1352Polymer or resin containing [i.e., natural or synthetic]
    • Y10T428/1379Contains vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a vinyl alcohol unit
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/13Hollow or container type article [e.g., tube, vase, etc.]
    • Y10T428/1352Polymer or resin containing [i.e., natural or synthetic]
    • Y10T428/1379Contains vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a vinyl alcohol unit
    • Y10T428/1383Vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a vinyl alcohol unit is sandwiched between layers [continuous layer]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/13Hollow or container type article [e.g., tube, vase, etc.]
    • Y10T428/1352Polymer or resin containing [i.e., natural or synthetic]
    • Y10T428/139Open-ended, self-supporting conduit, cylinder, or tube-type article
    • Y10T428/1393Multilayer [continuous layer]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/31504Composite [nonstructural laminate]
    • Y10T428/31786Of polyester [e.g., alkyd, etc.]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/31504Composite [nonstructural laminate]
    • Y10T428/31786Of polyester [e.g., alkyd, etc.]
    • Y10T428/31797Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers

Definitions

  • This invention relates to barrier-coated polyesters, preferably barrier coated polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and articles made therefrom.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the barrier-coated PET takes the form of preforms having at least one layer of a barrier material and the bottles blow-molded therefrom.
  • This invention further relates to methods of making articles formed of barrier coated polyester.
  • plastic containers as a replacement for glass or metal containers in the packaging of beverages has become increasingly popular.
  • the advantages of plastic packaging include lighter weight, decreased breakage as compared to glass, and potentially lower costs.
  • the most common plastic used in making beverage containers today is PET.
  • Virgin PET has been approved by the FDA for use in contact with foodstuffs.
  • Containers made of PET are transparent, thin- wailed, lightweight, and have the ability to maintain their shape by withstanding the force exerted on the walls of the container by pressurized contents, such as carbonated beverages. PET resins are also fairly inexpensive and easy to process.
  • PET in thin-walled beverage containers permeability to gases such as carbon dioxide and oxygen.
  • gases such as carbon dioxide and oxygen.
  • the permeability of PET bottles results in soft drinks that go "flat” due to the egress of carbon dioxide, as well as beverages that have their flavor spoiled due to the ingress of oxygen. Because of these problems, PET bottles are not suitable for all uses desired by industry, and for many of the existing uses, the shelf-life of liquids packaged in PET bottles is shorter than desired.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,464,106 to Slat, et al describes bottles formed from the blow molding of preforms having a barrier layer.
  • the barrier materials disclosed are polyethylene naphthalate, saran, ethylene vinyl alcohol copolymers or acrylonitriie copolymers.
  • Slat's technique the barrier material and the material to form the inner wall of the preform are coextruded in the shape of a tube. This tube is then cut into lengths corresponding to the length of the preform, and is then placed inside a mold wherein the outer layer of the preform is injected over the tube to form the finished preform.
  • the preform may then be blow-molded to form a bottle.
  • the drawbacks of this method are that most of the barrier materials disclosed do not adhere well to PET, and that the process itself is rather cumbersome.
  • a family of materials with good barrier characteristics are those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,578,295 to
  • Such barrier materials include copolymers of terephthaiic acid and isophthalic acid with ethylene glycol and at least one diol. This type of material is commercially available as B-010 from Mitsui Petrochemical ind. Ltd. (Japan). These barrier materials are miscible with polyethylene ' terephthaiate and form blends of 80-90% PET and 10-20% of the copolyester from which barrier containers are formed. The containers made from these blends are about 2040% better gas barriers to CO, transmission than PET alone. Although some have claimed that this polyester adheres to PET without deiami ⁇ ation, the only preforms or containers disclosed were made with blends of these materials. There is no evidence that anyone heretofore has actually made a laminar preform or container using these materials from which to base such a statement.
  • polystyrene-polyepoxides have been proposed for use as a gas-barrier coating. These materials can be used to form a barrier coating on polypropylene or surface-treated PET, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,489,455 to Nugent, Jr. et al. These materials commonly come as a solvent or aqueous based thermosetting composition and are generally spray coated onto a container and then heat-cured to form the finished barrier coating. Being thermosets, these materials are not conducive to use as preform coatings, because once the coating has been cured, it can no longer be softened by heating and thus cannot be blow molded, as opposed to thermoplastic materials which can be softened at any time after application.
  • Another type of barrier-coating that disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,472,753 to Farha, relies upon the use of a copolyester to effect adherence between PET and the barrier material.
  • Farha describes two types of laminates, a three-ply and a two-ply.
  • an amorphous, thermoplastic copolyester is placed between the barrier layer of phenoxy-type thermoplastic and the layer of PET to serve as a tie layer to bind the inner and outer layers.
  • the phenoxy-type thermoplastic is first blended with the amorphous, thermoplastic copolyester and this blend is then applied to the PET to form a barrier.
  • These laminates are made either by extrusion or by injection molding wherein each layer is allowed to cool before the other layer of material is injected.
  • barrier-coated PET preforms and containers which are economical, cosmetically appealing, easy to produce, and have good barrier and physical properties remains unfulfilled.
  • This invention relates to articles made of PET having coated upon the surfaces thereof one or more thin layers of thermoplastic material with good gas-barrier characteristics.
  • the articles of the present invention are preferably in the form of preforms and containers.
  • the polyester comprises polyethylene terephthalate and the Phenoxy-type thermoplastic comprises a polyfhydroxyamino ether).
  • the present invention provides for a barrier-coated polyester article comprising at least one layer of amorphous polyester directly adhered to at least one layer of barrier material.
  • the barrier mate ⁇ al which comprises a copolyester of t ⁇ rephtha c acid, isophtha c acid and at least one diol, has a glass transition temperature between 55 ° C and 140°C, and has a permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide which is less than that of polyethylene terephthalate.
  • a process for making a barrier-coated container comp ⁇ s comprising the steps of providing a barrier-coated polyester article in the form of a preform, such as that descnbed above, and blow-molding the preform to the desired container shape.
  • a barrier coated preform comprising a polyester layer and a bamer layer comp ⁇ sing barrier matenal, wherein the polyester layer is thinner in the end cap than in the wall portion and the bamer layer is thicker in the end cap than in the wail portion.
  • the inner multi-component layer has at least two discrete sublayers having an interface surface between the sublayers and extends longitudinally of the article, one of the sublayers comp ⁇ sing polyester and another of the sublayers comprising a bamer mate ⁇ al comprising a (i) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic or (n) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol, the barrier material having a permeability to carbon dioxide of no more than one-third of the permeability to carbon dioxide of polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the outer layer comp ⁇ ses recycled polyester and the inner multi-component Iayer and the outer Iayer comp ⁇ ses materials with an absolute refractive index of 1.55-1.75.
  • the outer Iayer co-extends with the inner Iayer to terminate below the support ring and comp ⁇ ses (i) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol or (n) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic selected from the group consisting of poly(hydroxy ether), poly(hydroxy ester ether), and poly(hydroxyam ⁇ no ether), wherein the outer Iayer has a permeability to oxygen less than that of the inner Iayer and a thickness of no more than one-fourth the thickness of the inner Iayer. Additionally, the outer Iayer has an absolute refractive index of a value to provide a ratio of the refractive indices within the range of 1.0-1.2
  • a process for making a barrier coated polyester article comprising the steps of providing polyester article having at least one surface at a temperature of at least 100 ° C, and placing a bamer material on the heated surface of the -polyester.
  • the bamer material comp ⁇ sing a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic or a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol, has a glass transition temperature between about 55 ° C and 140 ° C, and has a permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide which is less than that of polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the coating process is done by dip coating, spray coating, flame spraying, electrostatic spraying, dipping the polyester article to be coated in a f iuidized bed of bamer resin, or overmolding the polyester article with a melt of barrier mate ⁇ al.
  • a method for making a bamer coated polyester article A polyester article with at least an inner surface and an outer surface is formed by injecting molten polyester through a first gate into the space defined by a first mold half and a core mold half, where the first mold half and the core mold half are cooled by circulating fluid and the first mold half contacts the outer polyester surface and the core mold half contacts the inner polyester surface. Following this, the molten polyester is allowed to remain in contact with the mold halves until a skin forms on the inner and outer polyester surfaces which surrounds a core of molten polyester.
  • the first mold half is then removed from the polyester article, and the skin on the outer polyester surface is softened by heat transfer from the core of molten polyester, while the inner polyester surface is cooled by continued contact with the core mold half.
  • the polyester article, still on the core mold half is then placed into a second mold half, wherein the second mold half is cooled by circulating fluid.
  • the barrier layer comprising barrier material is placed on the outer polyester surface by injecting molten barrier material through a second gate into the space defined by the second mold half and the outer polyester surface to form the barrier coated polyester article.
  • the second mold half is then removed from the barrier coated article and then the barrier coated article is removed from the core mold half.
  • the ba ⁇ ier materials used in the process preferably comprise a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic or a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol.
  • an "inject-over-LIM" process for the production of a multi-layer plastic container comprising several steps.
  • a first polymer comprising a polyester and a second polymer comprising a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol are provided, and injected through a lamellar injection system to provide a composite multi-lamellae stream having at least one discrete lamella of polyester and at least another discrete lamella of the copolyester.
  • the composite stream is then supplied to a mold to form an initial preform having inner and outer sublayers comprising polyester and the copolyester, wherein the sublayer comprising copolyester has a permeability to air which is less than the permeability to air of the sublayer comprising polyester.
  • Recycled polyester is then supplied over the initial preform to form an outer iayer to form a final preform.
  • the final preform is then subjected to a blow molding operation to form a multi-layer plastic container.
  • a "LIM-over-inject" process for the production of a multi-layer plastic container.
  • polyester is supplied to a mold to form an initial preform comprising polyester.
  • a first body of a thermoplastic polymer comprising recycled polyester and a second body of thermoplastic barrier polymer comprising (i) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol or (ii) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic are provided and injected through a lamellar injection system having a coextrusion feed block unit to provide a composite multi-lamella stream having at least one discrete lamella of recycled polyester and at least one discrete lamella of the thermoplastic ba ⁇ ier polymer.
  • the composite stream is supplied over the initial preform to form a final preform wherein the composite stream comprising sublayers of recycled polyester and the thermoplastic barrier material overlays the initial preform of polyester, and the final preform is subjected to a blow molding operation to form a multi-layer plastic container.
  • a method of making and coating preforms begins by closing a mold comprising a stationary half and a movable half, wherein the stationary mold half comprises at least one preform molding cavity and at least one preform coating cavity and the movable mold half comprises a rotatable plate having mounted thereon a number of mandrels equal to the sum of the number of preform molding cavities and preform coating cavities.
  • the remaining steps comprise: injecting a first material into the space defined by a mandrel and a preform molding cavity to form a preform having an inner sur ace and an outer sur ace; opening the mold; rotating the rotatable plate; closing the mold; injecting a second material into the space defined by the outer surface of the preform and the preform coating cavity to form a coated preform; opening the mold; removing the coated preform.
  • the barrier materials of the present invention may further comprise Nanoparticles.
  • the iayer of barrier material in the articles of the present invention may consist of a plurality of microiayers comprising barrier material.
  • Figure 1 is an uncoated preform as is used as a starting material for the present invention.
  • Figure 2 is a cross-section of a preferred uncoated preform of the type that is barrier-coated in accordance with the present invention.
  • Figure 3 is a cross-section of one preferred embodiment of barrier-coated preform of the present invention.
  • Figure 4 is a cross-section of another preferred embodiment of a barrier-coated preform of the present invention.
  • Figure 4A is an enlargement of a section of the wall portion of a preform such as that made by a LIM-over-inject process. Not all preforms of the type in Figure 4 made in accordance with the present invention will have this type of Iayer arrangement.
  • Figure 5 is a cross-section of another embodiment of a barrier-coated preform of the present invention.
  • Figure 6 is a cross-section of a preferred preform in the cavity of a blow-molding apparatus of a type that may be used to make a preferred barrier-coated container of the present invention.
  • Figure 7 is one preferred embodiment of barrier-coated container of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 is a cross-section of one preferred embodiment of barrier-coated container of the present invention.
  • Figure 9 is a cross-section of an injection mold of a type that may be used to make a preferred barrier-coated preform of the present invention.
  • Figures 10 and 11 are two halves of a molding machine to make barrier-coated preforms.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic of a lamellar injection molding (LIM) system.
  • Figures 13 and 14 are two halves of a molding machine to make forty-eight two-layer preforms.
  • Figure 15 is a perspective view of a schematic of a mold with mandrels partially located within the molding cavities.
  • LIM lamellar injection molding
  • Figure 16 is a perspective view of a mold with mandrels fully withdrawn from the molding cavities, prior to rotation.
  • Figure 17 is a three-layer embodiment of a preform.
  • barrier coated article is a bottle of the type used for beverages.
  • the barrier coated articles of the present invention could take the form of jars, tubs, trays, or bottles for holding liquid foods.
  • the present invention will be described herein primarily in the context of beverage bottles and the preforms from which they are made by blow-molding.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylene 2,6- and 1,5-naphthalate
  • PETG polytetramethyiene 1,2-dioxybenzoate and copolymers of ethylene terephthalate and ethylene isophthalate
  • the preforms and containers have the barrier coating disposed on their outer surfaces or within the wall of the container, in contrast with the technique of Slat which produces muitilayered preforms in which the layers are readiiy separated, in the present invention the thermoplastic barrier material adheres directly and strongly to the PET surface and is not easily separated therefrom. Adhesion between the layers results without the use of any additional materials such as an adhesive material or a tie iayer.
  • the coated preforms are processed, preferably by stretch blow molding to form bottles using methods and conditions similar to those used for uncoated PET preforms.
  • the containers which result are strong, resistant to creep, and cosmeticaliy appealing as well as having good gas-barrier properties.
  • barrier material As explained in greater detail below, one or more layers of a barrier material are employed in carrying out the present invention.
  • barrier material As used herein, the terms “barrier material”, “barrier resin” and the like refer to materials which, when used to form articles, have key physical properties similar to PET, adhere well to PET, and have a lower permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide than PET.
  • barrier materials having the requisite low permeability to gases such as oxygen and carbon dioxide are useful in the present invention, the choice of barrier material being partly dependent upon the mode or application as described below.
  • Preferred barrier materials for use in barrier coatings in the present invention fall into two major categories: (1) copolyesters of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol, such as those disclosed in the aforementioned patent to Jabarin, and that which is commercially available as B 010 (Mitsui Petrochemical Ind. Ltd., Japan); and (2) hydroxy-functio ⁇ al poly(amide-ethers) such as those described in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • poly(hydroxy amide ethers) such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,134,218, poiyethers such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,115,075 and 5,218,075, hydroxy-functional poiyethers such as those as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,164,472, hydroxy-functional poly(ether suifonamides) such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,149,768, poly(hydroxy ester ethers) such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,171,820, hydroxy-phenoxyether polymers such as those described in U.S. Patent No.
  • PHAE poly(hydroxyamino ethers)
  • the barrier materials described in (1) above are referred to herein by the term “Copolyester Barrier Materials”.
  • the compounds described in the patents in (2) above are collectively categorized and referred to herein by the term “Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic” materials. All the patents referenced in this paragraph are hereby incorporated in their entireties into this disclosure by this reference thereto.
  • Preferred Copolyester Barrier Materials have FDA approval. FDA approval allows for these materials to be used in containers where they are in contact with beverages and the like which are intended for human consumption. To the inventor's knowledge, none of the Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics have FDA approval as of the date of this disclosure. Thus, these materials are preferably used in multi-layered containers in locations which do not directly contact the contents, if the contents are ingestible.
  • an initial preform is prepared or obtained and then coatecTwith at least one additional Iayer of material comprising barrier material, polyesters such as PET, post-consumer or recycled PET (collectively recycled PET), and/or other compatible thermoplastic materials.
  • a coating Iayer may comprise a single material, a mix or blend of materials (heterogeneous or homogeneous), an interwoven matrix of two or more materials, or a plurality of microlayers (lamellae) comprised of at least two different materials.
  • the initial preform comprises a plurality of microlayers, such as may be prepared by a iameliar injection molding process.
  • Initial preforms comprise polyester, and it is especially preferred that initial preforms comprise virgin materials which are approved by the FDA for being in contact with foodstuffs.
  • the preforms and containers of the present invention may exist in several embodiments, such as: virgin PET coated with a Iayer of barrier material; virgin PET coated with a layer of material comprising alternating microlayers of barrier material and recycled PET; virgin PET coated with a barrier Iayer which is in turn coated with recycled PET; microlayers of virgin PET and a barrier material coated with a Iayer of recycled PET; or virgin PET coated with recycled PET which is then coated with barrier material, in any case, at least one layer must comprise at least one barrier material.
  • preforms and bottles of the present invention are all advantageous in that they enable the use of an initial preform which can be made as a structurally-sound unit.
  • the initial preforms can be prepared using mass manufacturing techniques, stored for periods ranging from hours to months, and then subsequently subjected to the application of one or more layers of barrier and/or recycled polyethylene terephthalate to form the final preform which can be immediately subjected to a blow molding operation or, like the initial preform, stored for long periods of time before the final blow molding operation is carried out.
  • the preforms are molded and then immediately barrier coated using a single piece of equipment.
  • preferred barrier materials for use in accordance with the present invention are Copoiyester Barrier Materials and Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics.
  • Other barrier materials having similar properties may be used in lieu of these barrier materials.
  • the-barrier material may take the form of other thermoplastic polymers, such as acrylic resins including polyacryionitriie polymers and acrylonitrile styre ⁇ e copolymers.
  • Preferred barrier materials of the present invention have oxygen and carbon dioxide permeabilities which are less than one-third those of polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the Copolyester Barrier Materials of the type disclosed in the aforementioned patent to Jabarin will exhibit a permeability to oxygen of about 11 cc mil/100 in 2 day and a permeability to carbon dioxide of about 2 cc mil/100 in 2 day.
  • the permeability to oxygen is less than 1 cc mil/100 in 2 day and the permeability to carbon dioxide is 3.9 cc mil/100 in 2 day.
  • the corresponding C0 2 permeability of polyethylene terephthalate, whether in the recycled or virgin form, is about 12-20 cc mil/100 in 2 day.
  • the methods of the present invention provide for a coating to be placed on a preform which is later blown into a bottle. Such methods are preferable to placing coatings on the bottles themselves. Preforms are smaller in size and of a more regular shape than the containers blown therefrom, making it simpler to obtain an even and regular coating. Furthermore, bottles and containers of varying shapes and sizes can be made from preforms of similar size and shape. Thus, the same equipment and processing can be used to produce preforms to form several different kinds of containers. The blow-molding may take place soon after molding, or preforms may be made and stored for later blow-molding. If the preforms are stored prior to blow-molding, their smaller size allows them to take up less space in storage.
  • the coating sticks directly to the preform without any significant deiamination, and will continue to stick as the preform is blow-molded into a bottle and afterwards.
  • Use of a suitable barrier material also helps to decrease the incidence of cosmetic and structural defects which can result from blow-molding containers as described above.
  • the preform is preferably made of an FDA approved material such as virgin PET and can be of any of a wide variety of shapes and sizes.
  • the preform shown in Figure 1 is of the type which will form a 16 oz. carbonated beverage bottle that requires an oxygen and carbon dioxide barrier, but as will be understood by those skilled in the art, other preform configurations can be used depending upon the desired configuration, characteristics and use of the final article.
  • the preforms are made by injection molding as is known in the art.
  • the uncoated preform 1 has a neck portion 2 and a body portion 4.
  • the neck portion 2 begins at the opening 18 to the interior of the preform and extends to and includes the support ring 6.
  • the neck portion 2 is further characterized by the presence of the threads 8 which provide a means for fastening a cap for the bottle produced from the preform 1.
  • the body portion 4 is an elongated and cylindrically shaped structure extending down from the neck portion 2 and culminating in the rounded end cap 10.
  • the preform thickness 12 will depend upon the overall length of the preform and the wall thickness and overall size of the resulting container.
  • the barrier-coated preform 20 has a neck portion 2 and a body portion 4 as in the uncoated preform 1 in Figs. 1 and 2.
  • the barrier coating iayer 22 is disposed about the entire surface of the body portion 4, terminating at the bottom of the support ring 6.
  • the barrier coating Iayer 22 does not extend to the neck portion 2, nor is it present on the interior surface of the preform 16 which is preferably made of an FDA approved material such as PET.
  • the barrier coating Iayer 22 may comprise either a single material or several microlayers of at least two materials, as is made using a LIM process as described below.
  • the thickness of the overall preform 26 is equal to the thickness of the initial preform plus the thickness of the barrier iayer 24, and is dependent upon the overall size and desired coating thickness of the resulting container.
  • the wail of the bottom portion of the preform may have a thickness of 3.2 millimeters; the wall of the neck finish, a cross-sectional dimension of about 3 millimeters; and the barrier material applied to a thickness of about 0.3 millimeters.
  • coated preform 21 is shown in cross-section.
  • the primary difference between the coated preform 21 and the coated preform 20 in Figure 3 is the relative thickness of the two layers in the area of the end cap 10.
  • the barrier iayer is generally thinner than the thickness of the initial preform throughout the entire body portion of the preform.
  • the barrier coating Iayer 22 is thicker at 29 near the end cap 10 than it is at 25 in the wail portion 3, and conversely, the thickness of the inner polyester Iayer is greater at 23 in the wail portion 3 than it is at 27, in the region of the end cap 10.
  • the barrier coating Iayer 22 may be homogeneous or it may be comprised of a plurality of microlayers, as is shown in Figure 4A.
  • Figure 4A is an enlargement of a wail section of the preform showing the makeup of the layers in a LIM over inject embodiment of preform.
  • the Iayer 110 is the inner Iayer of the preform and 112 is the outer Iayer of the preform.
  • the outer layer 112 comprises a plurality of microlayers of material as will be made when a LIM system is used. Not all preforms of Figure 4 will be of this type.
  • FIG. 5 another embodiment of coated preform 31 is shown in cross-section.
  • the barrier preforms and containers of the present invention can have layers which have a wide variety of relative thicknesses.
  • the thickness of a given Iayer and of the overall preform or container, whether at a given point or over the entire container can be chosen to fit a coating process or a particular end use for the container.
  • the barrier coating Iayer in the preform and container embodiments disclosed herein may comprise a single material or several microlayers of two or more materials.
  • a barrier-coated preform such as that depicted in Figure 3
  • a stretch blow-molding process Referring to Figure 6, in this process a barrier- coated preform 20 is placed in a mold 28 having a cavity corresponding to the desired container shape.
  • the barrier-coated preform is then heated and expanded by stretching and by air forced into the interior of the preform 20 to fill the cavity within the mold 28, creating a barrier-coated container.
  • the blow molding operation normally is restricted to the body, portion 4 of the preform with the neck portion 2 including the threads, pilfer ring, and support ring retaining the original configuration as in the preform.
  • barrier coated container 40 in accordance with the present invention, such as that which might be made from blow molding the barrier coated preform 20 of Figure 3.
  • the container 40 has a neck portion 2 and a body portion 4 corresponding to the neck and body portions of the barrier-coated preform 20 of Figure 3.
  • the neck portion 2 is further characterized by the presence of the threads 8 which provide a means for fastening a cap onto the container.
  • the barrier coating 42 covers the exterior of the entire body portion 4 of the container 40, stopping just below the support ring 6.
  • the interior surface 50 of the container which is made of an FDA-approved material, preferably PET, remains uncoated so that only the interior surface is in contact with beverages or foodstuff .
  • the thickness of the barrier coating is preferably 0.020 0.060 inch, more preferably 0.030 0.040 inch; the thickness of the PET iayer 46 is preferably 0.080-0.160 inch, more preferably 0.100- 0.140 inch; and the overall wall thickness 48 of the barrier-coated container 40 is preferably 0.140 0.180 inch, more preferably 0.150-0.170 inch.
  • the overall wall thickness 48 of the container 40 derives the majority of its thickness from the inner PET iayer.
  • Figure 9 illustrates a preferred type of mold for use in methods which utilize overmolding.
  • the mold comprises two halves, a cavity half 52 and a mandrel half 54.
  • the cavity half 52 comprises a cavity in which an uncoated preform is placed.
  • the preform is held in place between the mandrel half 54, which exerts pressure on the top of the preform and the ledge 58 of the cavity half 52 on which the support ring 6 rests.
  • the neck portion of the preform is thus sealed off from the body portion of the preform.
  • the mandrel 96 Inside the preform is the mandrel 96. As the preform sfts in the mold, the body portion of the preform is completely surrounded by a void space 60.
  • the preform acts as an interior die mandrel in the subsequent injection procedure, in which the melt of the overmolding material is injected through the gate 56 into the void space 60 to form the coating.
  • the melt, as well as the uncoated preform, is cooled by fluid circulating within channels 55 and 57 in the two halves of the mold.
  • the circulation in channels 55 is completely separate from the circulation in the channels 57.
  • Figures 10 and 11 are a schematic of a portion of the preferred type of apparatus to make coated preforms in accordance with the present invention.
  • the apparatus is an injection molding system designed to make one or more uncoated preforms and subsequently coat the newly-made preforms by over-injection of a barrier material.
  • Figures 10 and 11 illustrate the two halves of the mold portion of the apparatus which will be in opposition in the molding machine.
  • the alignment pegs 94 in Figure 11 fit into their corresponding receptacles 95 in the other half of the moid.
  • the mold half depicted in Figure 11 has several pairs of mold cavities, each cavity being similar to the moid cavity depicted in Figure 9.
  • the mold cavities are of two types: first injection preform molding cavities 98 and second injection preform coating cavities 100.
  • the two types of cavities are equal in number and are preferably arranged so that all cavities of one type are on the same side of the injection block 101 as bisected by the line between the alignment peg receptacles 95. This way, every preform molding cavity 98 is 180 away from a preform coating cavity 100.
  • the mold half depicted in Figure 10 has several mandrels 96, one for each mold cavity (98 and 100). When the two haives which are Figures 10 and 11 are put together, a mandrel 96 fits inside each cavity and serves as the mold for the interior of the preform for the preform molding cavities 98 and as a centering device for the uncoated preforms in preform coating cavities 100, filling what becomes the interior space of the preform after it is molded.
  • the mandrels are mounted on a turntable 102 which rotates 180 about its center so that a mandrel originally positioned over a preform molding cavity 98 will, after rotation, be positioned over a preform coating cavity 100, and vice-versa.
  • this type of setup allows a preform to be molded and then coated in a two-step process using the same piece of equipment.
  • FIG. 10 and 11 are merely illustrative.
  • the drawings depict an apparatus having three molding cavities 98 and three coating cavities 100 (a 3/3 cavity machine).
  • the machines may have any number of cavities, as long as there are equal numbers of molding and coating cavities, for example 12/12, 24/24, 48/48 and the like.
  • the cavities may be arranged in any suitable manner, as can be determined by one skilled in the art. These and other minor alterations are contemplated as part of this invention.
  • FIG. 12 there is shown a schematic of an apparatus which may be used to produce a meitstream comprised of numerous microlayers or lamellae in a lamellar injection molding (LIM) process as described in further detail below.
  • LIM lamellar injection molding
  • the two mold halves depicted in Figures 13 and 14 illustrate an embodiment of a mold of a 48/48 cavity machine as discussed for Figures 10 and 11.
  • FIG. 15 there is shown a perspective view of a moid of the type for an overmolding (inject-over- inject) process., in which the mandrels 96 are partially located within the cavities 98 and 100.
  • the arrow shows the movement of the movable mold half, on which the mandrels 96 lie, as the mold closes.
  • Figure 16 shows a perspective view of a mold of the type used in an overmolding process, wherein the mandrels 96 are fully withdrawn from the cavities 98 and 100.
  • the arrow indicates that the turntable 102 rotates 180 to move the mandrels 96 from one cavity to the next.
  • the cooling for the preform molding cavity 106 is separate from the cooling for the preform coating cavity 108. Both of these are separate from the cooling for the mandrels 104 in the movable half.
  • FIG 17 there is shown a preferred three-layer preform of the present invention.
  • This embodiment of coated preform is preferably made by placing two coating layers 80 and 82 on a preform such as that shown in Figure 1.
  • Preferred barrier materials in accordance with the present invention preferably exhibit several physical characteristics which allow for the barrier coated bottles and articles of the present invention to be able to withstand processing and physical stresses in a manner similar or superior to that of uncoated PET articles, in addition to producing articles which are cosmetically appealing and have excellent barrier properties.
  • Adhesion is the union or sticking together of two surfaces.
  • the actual i ⁇ terfaciai adhesion is a phenomenon which occurs at the microscopic level. It is based upon molecular interactions and depends upon chemical bonding, van der Waals forces and other intermolecular attractive forces at the molecular level.
  • barrier iayer Good adhesion between the barrier iayer and the PET iayer is especially important when the article is a barrier bottle made by blow-molding a preform. If the materials adhere well, then they will act as one unit when they are subjected to a blow molding process and as they are subjected to stresses when existing in the form of a container. Where the adhesion is poor, deiamination results either over time or under physical stress such as squeezing the container or the container jostling during shipment. Deiamination is not only unattractive from a commercial standpoint, it may be evidence of a lack of structural integrity of the container. Furthermore, good adhesion means that the layers will stay in close contact when the container is expanded during the molding process and will move as one unit.
  • the barrier materials of the present invention preferably adhere sufficiently to PET such that the barrier Iayer cannot be easily pulled apart from the PET Iayer at 22 ° C.
  • the present invention differs from that disclosed by Farha in U.S. Patent No. 5,472,753.
  • the phenoxy-type thermoplastic can or should be bound directly to the PET without being blended with the copolyester or using the copolyester as a tie Iayer or that a copolyester itself could be used as a barrier material.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) is defined as the temperature at which a no ⁇ -crystallizabie polymer undergoes the transformation from a soft rubber state to a hard elastic polymer glass.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • a material will become soft enough to allow it to flow readily when subjected to an external force or pressure, yet not so soft that its viscosity is so low that it acts more like a -liquid than a pliable solid.
  • the temperature range above Tg is the preferred temperature range for performing a blow-molding process, as the material is soft enough to flow under the force of the air blown into the preform to fit the mold but not so soft that it breaks up or becomes uneven in texture.
  • the preform is heated to a temperature slightly above the Tg of the preform material so that when air is forced into the preform's interior, it will be able to flow to fill the moid in which it is placed. If one does not sufficiently heat the preform and uses a temperature below the Tg, the preform material will be too hard to flow properly, and would likely crack, craze, or not expand to fill the mold.
  • a barrier coating material has a Tg similar to that of PET, it will have a blowing temperature range similar to
  • a blowing temperature can be chosen that allows both materials to be processed within their preferred blowing temperature ranges. If the barrier coating were to have a Tg dissimilar to that of PET, it would be difficult, if not impossible, to choose a blowing temperature suitable for both materials. When the barrier coating materials have a Tg similar to PET, the coated preform behaves during blow molding as if it were made of one material, expanding smoothly and creating a cosmeticaily appealing container with an even thickness and uniform coating of the barrier material where it is applied.
  • the glass transition temperature of PET occurs in a window of about 75-85°C, depending upon how the PET has been processed previously.
  • the Tg for preferred barrier materials of the present invention is preferably 55 to 140°C, more preferably 90 to 110 ° C.
  • Another factor which has an impact on the performance of barrier preforms during blow molding is the state of the material.
  • the preferred barrier materials of the present invention are amorphous rather than crystalline. This is because materials in an amorphous state are easier to form into bottles and containers by use of a blow molding process than materials in a crystalline state.
  • PET can exist in both crystalline and amorphous forms. However, in the present invention it is highly preferred that the PET exist in the amorphous form in order to, among other things, aid in the blow molding process.
  • a PET article formed from a melt of PET, as in injection molding can be guided into the amorphous form by cooling the melt at a high rate, fast enough to quench the crystallization process and trap the amorphous state.
  • Intrinsic viscosity and melt index are two properties which are related to a polymer's molecular weight. These properties give an indication as to how materials will act under various processing conditions, such as injection molding and blow molding processes.
  • Barrier materials for use in the articles and methods of the present invention have an intrinsic viscosity of preferably 0.70-0.90 dl/g, more preferably 0.74-0.87 dl/g, most preferably 0.84-0.85 dl/g and a melt index of preferably 5- 30, more preferably 7-12, most preferably 10.
  • Barrier materials of the present invention preferably have tensile strength and creep resistance similar to PET. Similarity in these physical properties allows the barrier coating to act as more than simply a gas barrier. A barrier coating having physical properties similar to PET acts as a structural component of the container, allowing the barrier material to displace some of the polyethylene terephthalate in the container without sacrificing container performance. Displacement of PET allows for the resulting barrier-coated containers to have physical performance and characteristics similar to their uncoated counterparts without a substantial change in weight or size. It also allows for any additional cost from adding the barrier material to be defrayed by a reduction in the cost per container attributed to PET. Similarity in tensile strength between PET and the barrier coating materials helps the container to have structural integrity.
  • Barrier-coated bottles and containers of the present invention are able to withstand the same physical forces as an uncoated container, allowing, for example, barrier-coated containers to be shipped and handled in the customary manner of handling uncoated PET containers. If the barrier-coating material were to have a tensile strength substantially lower than that of PET, a container having some PET displaced by barrier material would likely not be able to withstand the same forces as an uncoated container.
  • Creep resistance relates to the ability of ⁇ material to resist changing its shape in response to an applied force. For example, a bottle which holds a carbonated liquid needs to be able to resist the pressure of dissolved gas pushing outward and retain its original shape. If the barrier coating material were to have a substantially lower resistance to creep than PET in a container wherein the resulting container would be more likely to deform over time, reducing the shelf-life of the product.
  • preferred barrier materials have an index of refraction similar to that of PET.
  • the preforms and, more perhaps importantly, the blown therefrom are optically clear and, thus, cosmeticaily appealing for use as a beverage container where clarity of the bottle is frequently desired. If, however, the two materials have substantially dissimilar refractive indices when they are placed in contact with each other the resulting combination will have visual distortions and may be cloudy or opaque, depending upon the degree of difference in the refractive indices of the materials.
  • Polyethylene terephthalate has an index of refraction for visible light within the range of about 1.40 to 1.75, depending upon its physical configuration.
  • the refractive index is preferably within the range of about 1.55 to 1.75, and more preferably in the range of 1.55-1.65.
  • polyethylene terephthalate After the preform is made into a bottle, the walls of the final product, which may be characterized as a biaxially-oriented film since it is subject to both hoop and axial stresses in the blow molding operation, polyethylene terephthalate generally exhibits a refractive index within the range of about 1.40 to 1.75, usually about 1.55 to 1.75, depending upon the stretch ratio involved in the blow molding operation.
  • the stretch ratios referred to herein are biaxial stretch ratios resulting from and include the product of the hoop stretch ratio and the axial stretch ratio.
  • the stretch ratio will be about 8.75 (2.5 x 3.5).
  • the ratio between the values n, and n beautue is preferably 0.8-1.3, more preferably 1.0-1.2, most preferably 1.0- 1.1.
  • the distortion due to refractive index will be at a minimum, because the two indices are identical. As the ratio progressively varies from one, however, the distortion increases progressively.
  • the preferred barrier coating materials for use in the articles and methods of the present invention are Phenoxy- type Thermoplastic materials and copolyesters of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol (Copolyester Barrier Materials).
  • the Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics used as barrier materials in the present invention are one of the following types:
  • each Ar individually represents a divalent aromatic moiety, substituted divalent aromatic moiety or heteroaromatic moiety, or a combination of different divalent aromatic moieties, substituted aromatic moieties or heteroaromatic moieties;
  • R is individually hydrogen or a monovalent hydrocarbyl moiety;
  • each Ar is a divalent aromatic moiety or combination of divalent aromatic moieties bearing amide or hydroxymethyl groups;
  • each Ar 2 is the same or different than Ar and is individually a divalent aromatic moiety, substituted aromatic moiety or heteroaromatic moiety or a combination of different divalent aromatic moieties, substituted aromatic moieties or heteroaromatic moieties;
  • R is individually a predominantly hydrocarbylene moiety, such as a divalent aromatic moiety, substituted divalent aromatic moiety, divalent heteroaromatic moiety, divalent alkylene moiety, divalent substituted alkylene moiety or divalent heteroalkylene moiety or a combination of such moieties;
  • R 2 is individually a monovalent
  • Y is nil, a covalent bond, or a linking group, wherein suitable linking groups include, for example, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl atom, a sulfonyl group, or a methylene group or similar linkage; n is an integer from about 10 to about 1000; x is 0.01 to 1.0; and y is 0 to 0.5.
  • predominantly hydrocarbylene means a divalent radical that is predominantly hydrocarbon, but which optionally contains a small quantity of a heteroatomic moiety such as oxygen, sulfur, imino, sulfonyl, sulfoxyl, and the like.
  • the hydroxy-functional poly(amide ethers) represented by Formula I are preferably prepared by contacting an N,N'-bis(hydroxyphenylamido)alkane or arene with a digiycidyl ether as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,089,588 and
  • the polyfhydroxy amide ethers) represented by Formula II are prepared by contacting a bis(hydroxyphenylamido)alkane or arene, or f combination of 2 or more of these compounds, such as N,N'-bis(3-hydroxyphenyl) adipamide or N,N'-bis(3-hydroxyphenyl)glutaramide, with an epihalohydrin as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,134,218.
  • the amide- and hydroxymethyl-f unctionalized poiyethers represented by Formula ill can be prepared, for example, by reacting the digiycidyl ethers, such as the digiycidyl ether of bisphenoi A, with a dihydric phenol having pendant amido,
  • N-substituted amido and/or hydroxyaikyl moieties such as 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)acetamide and
  • the hydroxy-functional poiyethers represented by Formula IV can be prepared, for example, by allowing a digiycidyl ether or combination of digiycidyl ethers to react with a dihydric phenol or a combination of dihydric phenols using the process described in U.S. Patent No. 5,164,472.
  • the hydroxy-functional poiyethers are obtained by allowing a dihydric phenol or combination of dihydric phenols to react with an epihalohydrin by the process described by Reinking, Bar ⁇ abeo and Hale in the Journal of Applied Polymer Science, Vol.7, p.2135 (1963).
  • the hydroxy-functional poly(ether sulfonamides) represented by Formula V are prepared, for example, by polymerizing an N,N'-dialkyl or N,N'-diaryldisulfo ⁇ amide with a digiycidyl ether as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,149,768.
  • the polyfhydroxy ester ethers) represented by Formula VI are prepared by reacting digiycidyl ethers of aliphatic or aromatic diacids, such as digiycidyl terephthalate, or digiycidyl ethers of dihydric phenols with, aliphatic or aromatic diacids such as adipic acid or isophthaiic acid. These polyesters are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,171,820.
  • the hydroxy-phenoxyether polymers represented by Formula VII are prepared, for example, by contacting at least one dinucleophilic monomer with at least one digiycidyl ether of a cardo bisphenoi, such as 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyi)fluorene, phenolphthalein, or phenolphthalimidi ⁇ e or a substituted cardo bisphenoi, such as a substituted bis(hydroxyphenyi)fiuorene, a substituted phenolphthalein or a substituted phenolphthaiimidine under conditions sufficient to cause the nucleophiiic moieties of the dinucleoph ⁇ tc monomer to react with epoxy moieties to form a polymer backbone containing pendant hydroxy moieties and ether, imino, amino, suifonamido or ester linkages.
  • a cardo bisphenoi such as 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyi)fluorene, phenolphthalein, or phenolphthalimidi ⁇ e
  • the poiyfhydroxyamino ethers) ("PHAE” or polyetheramines) represented by Formula VIII are prepared by contacting one or more of the digiycidyl ethers of a dihydric phenol with an amine having two amine hydrogens under conditions sufficient to cause the amine moieties to react with epoxy moieties to form a polymer backbone having amine linkages, ether linkages and pendant hydroxyi moieties. These compounds are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,275,853. Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics of Formulae l-VIII may be acquired from Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Michigan U.S.A.).
  • Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics commercially available from Phenoxy Associates, inc. are suitable for use in the present invention.
  • These hydroxy-phenoxyether polymers are the condensation reaction products of a dihydric poiynuclear phenol, such as bisphenoi A, and an epihalohydrin and have the repeating units represented by Formula IV wherein Ar is an isopropylidene diphenylene moiety.
  • the process for preparing these is described in U.S. Patent No.
  • Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics are the poly(hydroxyami ⁇ o ethers) ("PHAE") represented by Formula VIII.
  • PHAE poly(hydroxyami ⁇ o ethers)
  • An example is that sold as XU19040.00L by Dow Chemical Company.
  • Examples of preferred Copolyester Ba ⁇ ier Materials and a process for their preparation is described in U.S.
  • Patent No.4,578,295 to Jabarin They are generally prepared by heating a mixture of at least one reacta ⁇ t selected from isophthaiic acid, terephthalic acid and their C, to C 4 alky I esters with 1,3 bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzene and ethylene glycol.
  • the mixture may further comprise one or more ester-forming dihydroxy hydrocarbon and/or bis(4- ⁇ - hydroxyethoxyphenyDsulfone.
  • the most preferred Copolyester Barrier Materials are those which are made from mixtures comprising both terephthalic acid and isophthaiic acid.
  • An especially preferred Copolyester Barrier Material is available as B-010 from Mitsui Petrochemical Ind. Ltd. (Japan).
  • Polyesters and methods for their preparation are well-known in the art and reference is made thereto for the purposes of this invention. For purposes of illustration and not limitation, reference is particularly made to pages 1-62 of Volume 12 of the Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, 1988 revision, John Wiley & Sons.
  • polyesters are derived from the reaction of a di- or polycarboxylic acid with a di- or polyhydric alcohol.
  • Suitable di- or polycarboxylic acids include polycarboxylic acids and the esters and anthydrides of such acids, and mixture thereof.
  • Representative carboxyiic acids include phthalic, isophthaiic, adipic azeiaic, terephthalic, oxalic, malonic, succinic, glutaric, sebacic, and the like.
  • Dicarboxyiic components are preferred.
  • Terephthalic acid is most commonly employed and preferred in the preparation of polyester films.
  • ⁇ , ⁇ -Unsaturated di- and polycarboxylic acids can be used as partial replacement for the saturated carboxyiic components.
  • Representative ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated di- and polycarboxylic acids include maleic, fumaric, aconitic, itaconic, mesaconic, citraconic, monochloromaleic and the like.
  • Typical di- and polyhydric alcohols used to prepare the polyester are those alcohols having at least two hydroxy groups, although minor amounts of alcohol having more or less hydroxy groups may be used. Dihydroxy alcohols are preferred. Dihydroxy alcohols conventionally employed in the preparation of polyesters include dieth ⁇ lene glycol; dipropylene glycol; ethylene glycol; 1,2-propylene glycol; 1,4-butanediol; 1,4-pentanediol; 1,5-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol and the like with 1,2-propylene glycol being preferred. Mixtures of the alcohols can also be employed.
  • the di- or polyhydric alcohol component of the polyester is usually stoichiometric or in slight excess with respect to the acid.
  • the excess of the di- or polyhydric alcohol will seldom exceed about 20 to 25 mole percent and usually is between about 2 and about 10 mole percent.
  • the polyester is generally prepared by heating a mixture of the di- or polyhydric alcohol and the di- or polycarboxylic component in their proper molar ratios at elevated temperatures, usually between about 100°C and 250°C for extended periods of time, generally ranging from 5 to 15 hours.
  • Polymerization inhibitors such as t-butyicatechol may advantageously be used.
  • PET the preferred polyester, may be purchased from Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Michigan), and Allied Signal IncfBaton Rouge, LA), among others.
  • ba ⁇ ier materials may be used in combination with other materials which enhance the ba ⁇ ier properties.
  • one cause for the diffusion of gases through a material is the existence of gaps or holes in the material at the molecular level through which the gas molecules can pass.
  • the presence of intermolecular forces in a material, such as hydrogen bonding allows for interchain cohesion in the matrix which closes these gaps and discourages diffusion of gases.
  • resorcinol m-dihydroxybenzene
  • resorcinol digiycidyl ether can be used in PHAE
  • hydroxyethyl ether resorcinol can be used in PET and other polyesters and Copolyester Barrier Materials.
  • the shelf life of a carbonated soft drink in a 32 oz PET non-barrier bottle is approximately 12-16 weeks. Shelf life is determined as the time at which less than 85% of the original amount of carbon dioxide is remaining in the bottle. Bottles coated with PHAE using the inject-over-inject method described below have been found to have a shelf life 2 to 3 times greater than that of PET alone. If, however, PHAE with resorcinol digiycidyl ether is used, the shelf life can be increased to 4 to 5 times that of PET alone.
  • Nanoparticles tiny particles of materials which enhance the barrier properties of a material by creating a more tortuous path for migrating oxygen or carbon dioxide.
  • nanoparticular material is a microparticuiar clay-based product available from Southern Clay Products. G.
  • the coated preform must be made in a manner that promotes adhesion between the two materials.
  • adherence between the barrier coating materials and PET increases as the surface temperature of the PET increases. Therefore, it is preferable to perform coating on heated preforms, although the preferred barrier materials of the present invention will adhere to PET at room temperature.
  • Dip Coating One preferred method of producing a coated PET preform in accordance with the present invention is to dip coat the PET preform in a resin-containing solvent bath.
  • the dipping of the preforms into the resin-containing bath can be done manually by the use of a retaining rack or the like, or it may be done by a fully automated process which may include the blow-molding process at the end.
  • the bath contains a solution made from one or more solvents into which the resin of the barrier material is dissolved and/or suspended.
  • solution refers to end result of mixing solvent(s) and resin, whether the resulting combination is in solution, suspension, or some combination thereof.
  • the resin may be used in any form, but as with most all materials, smaller sized particles go into solution faster than larger ones. If the barrier material is not very soluble in a given solvent, adding the resin as a powder will help create a more uniform suspension.
  • solvents may be used, as well as solvent systems made of combinations of solvents.
  • Preferred solvents include dimethyiformamide (DMF), ethanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), methylene chloride, water, acetone, benzene, toluene, Dowanol DPM, Dowanol PPH, and Dowanol PM, and mixtures thereof.
  • Factors which influence the selection of solvent or solvent system include polarity, reactivity, solubility, boiling point, vapor pressure, and flammability.
  • the dip-coating solutions of the present invention preferably contain 10-60% resin by weight, more preferably 20-50% resin by weight, most preferably 3040% resin by weight.
  • the temperature of the solution in the bath is preferably 0 to 100°C, more preferably 25 to 50'C.
  • the dip coating process begins by obtaining PET preforms.
  • Preforms may be made by injecting a melt of PET into a mold in the shape of a preform.
  • the mold is cooled, preferably at a rate that allows the molten PET to cool rapidly enough that it is amorphous rather than crystalline in form.
  • Processes for making PET preforms by injection molding are generally well known in the art.
  • the surface of the preform is preferably free of any oils, surfactants, mold release agents, or the like so that the barrier coating material can adhere directly to the PET.
  • the PET preforms are then dipped into the solution in the bath.
  • the preform is preferably dipped until at least the entire body portion 4 of the preform is submerged in the bath up to just under the support ring 6.
  • the preform remains submerged in the bath preferably for 1 to 30 seconds, more preferably 2 to 5 seconds.
  • the preform is then withdrawn from the bath and dried until no solvent remains on the preform. Drying may be done by any one of a number of methods, such as air-drying or placing the preforms under a vacuum and/or in a heated atmosphere as in an oven. The choice of method may depend upon the solvent chosen and the speed at which one desires the drying to take place. Additional dipping and drying steps may be done to create additional layers if desired.
  • Barrier coated preforms produced from dip-coating are preferably of the type seen in Figure 3.
  • the ba ⁇ ier coating 22 is disposed on the body portion 4 of the preform and does not coat the neck portion 2.
  • the interior of the coated preform 16 is preferably not coated with barrier material.
  • the thickness of the barrier coating is preferably 0.01 to 3 mm, more preferably 0.1 to 1 mm.
  • XU19040.00L was obtained as small pellets. The pellets were dissolved in dimethyiformamide to a concentration of 40% by weight. Eight identical 17.5 g virgin PET preforms of the type used to make a 16 oz. carbonated beverage bottle were placed in a rack and dipped into the bath containing the resin/DMF solution which was at room temperature (approximately 21 -23 ° C). After 5 seconds the preforms were removed from the bath and dried for 8 hours in an oven set at about 75"C.
  • the preforms Before dip-coating, the preforms weighed an average of 17.5 grams. After dip-coating the preforms weighted an average of 18.0 grams, having had 0.5 grams of resin coated thereon by the process.
  • Spray Coating Another method of producing coated PET articles in accordance with the present invention is by spray coating.
  • the PET preforms are sprayed with a solution of barrier resin dissolved or suspended in a solvent.
  • the spraying of the preforms can be done manually or by use of an apparatus which provides for spraying and post-spray treatment in one machine.
  • the solution which is sprayed onto the preforms contains one or more solvents into which the resin of the barrier material is dissolved and/or suspended.
  • solvents can be used, as well as solvent systems made of combinations of solvents.
  • Preferred solvents include dimethyiformamide (DMF), ethanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), methylene chloride, water, acetone, benzene, toluene, Dowanol DPM, Dowanol PPH, and Dowanol PM, and mixtures thereof.
  • the selection of what solvent or solvent system is used may depend on many factors such as polarity, reactivity, solubility, boiling point, vapor pressure, and flammability, as can be determined by one of skill in thp art.
  • the solutions preferably contain 5 to 50% resin by weight, more preferably 3040% resin by weight.
  • One preferred method of spray coating PET preforms is based on the use of an apparatus such as that disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,538,542 to Kennon, et al. (incorporated herein in its entirety by this reference) and sold by Nordson Corporation (Amherst, Ohio).
  • This apparatus comprises a spray coating chamber, a drying chamber, and a conveyor for moving the preforms between the two chambers.
  • the apparatus may further comprise an overspray recovery system.
  • the spray coating process begins by obtaining PET -preforms, which are preferably made by an injection molding process as described above.
  • the neck portion of each preform is clasped by an attachment means and mounted on a conveyor.
  • the preforms are evenly spaced apart on the conveyor.
  • the preforms are thus conveyed into the spray coating chamber wherein they pass in close proximity to a series of spray nozzles, preferably airless spray nozzles.
  • the barrier resin-containing solvent is sprayed through the nozzles so that it impacts the outside surface of each preform as it passes through the chamber, leaving each preform covered with a wet coating Iayer.
  • the preforms may be pre-heated by methods known to those skilled in the art before they enter the spray coating chamber.
  • the conveyor then carries the preforms out of the spray coating chamber and into the drying chamber.
  • the drying chamber may comprise an oven, a collection of lamps, or other source of thermal energy which provides the chamber with a temperature warm enough to aid in driving off the solvent in the wet coating iayer, yet not so hot as to cause distortion in the shape of the preform itself.
  • the solvent is evaporated, leaving a barrier coating on the preforms.
  • the barrier material resin is used as a powder which is preferably 60 to 150 mesh, more preferably 80 to 120 mesh.
  • a conventional flame spray apparatus familiar to those skilled in the art, may be used, such as the Unispray Jet Gun from Thermal Polymer Systems (Angleton, TX). The use of other such commercially available apparatuses or other custom or modified apparatuses is contemplated as part of the present invention.
  • the fiame-spray coating process begins by obtaining PET preforms, which are preferably made by an injection molding process as described above.
  • the surface of the preform is preferably free of any oils, surfactants, water, mold release agents, or the like so that the barrier coating material can adhere directly to the PET.
  • the preforms are preheated to preferably 50 to 100°C, more preferably 65 to 75°C, and then the powdered barrier resin is applied using the flame- spraying apparatus.
  • the amount of resin deposited and, hence, the thickness of the barrier coating is determined by the amount of time that the preform resides in the flame. Once the desired amount of resin has been deposited, the preform is removed from the fiame. The coated preform may then be blow-molded to form a bottle.
  • Barrier-coated preforms produced by flame-spraying are preferably of the type in Figures 3 or 5.
  • the interior of the coated preform 16 is uncoated so that any food or beverage that is placed in the container blown from the preform will be in contact with the virgin PET only.
  • the thickness of the barrier coating 24 is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mm, more preferably 0.5 to 2.0 mm.
  • EXAMPLE 2 A sample of a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic resin, specifically a polyfhydroxyami ⁇ o ether) available from Dow Chemical Company as XU19040.00L was obtained as small pellets. The pellets were ground into a powder and sieved using a 100 mesh screen according to standard processes known in the art to selectively obtain 120 to 180 mesh powder. Three clean preforms made of virgin PET of the type to fomra 68 oz bottle weighing approximately 48 grams each were heated to 100°C and then flame-sprayed using a Unispray Jet Gun. Preforms were removed from the flame at different times in order to get barrier-coatings of varying thickness. A preform left in the fiame for 5 seconds was coated with 4.5 grams of resin, the preform left for 8 seconds received 8.6 grams, and the preform left for 10 seconds was coated with 11.5 grams of resin.
  • a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic resin specifically a polyfhydroxyami ⁇ o ether
  • Fluidized Bed Dipping Another method of producing barrier coated PET preforms in accordance with the present invention is fluidized bed dipping.
  • the PET preform is dipped into a bed of powdered resin of the barrier coating material which is fluidized by a flow of air through the resin powder.
  • the barrier material resin is a powder preferably 60 to 150 mesh, more preferably 80 to 100 mesh.
  • Conventional fluidized bed apparatus and techniques as known to those skilled in the art, may be used.
  • the fluidized bed coating process begins by obtaining PET preforms, which are preferably made by an injection molding process as described above.
  • the surface of the preform is preferably free of any oils, surfactants, mold release agents, or the like so that the barrier coating material can adhere directly to the PET.
  • the preforms at a temperature of preferably 50 to 125°C, more preferably 75 to 100 C, are immersed in the fluidized powder.
  • the preforms are preferably immersed only as high as the support ring 6, as it is generally not desired for the barrier resin to coat the interior of the preform.
  • the preform is removed after a period of preferably 2 to 10 seconds, more preferably 5 to 7 seconds.
  • the preform, with a coating of powder thereon must then be heated such as by use of an oven, fiame or lamp to cause the powder to melt or flow so that it forms a smooth uniform coating. Once the coating is smoothed out by heating, the preform may then be biow-molded to form a bottle.
  • EXAMPLE 3 A sample of a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic resin, specifically a PHAE available from Dow Chemical Company as XU19040.00L was obtained as small pellets. The pellets were ground into a powder and sieved using a 80 mesh screen according to standard processes known in the art to selectively obtain 80 to 100 mesh powder. Clean preforms of virgin PET weighing approximately 48 grams each were heated to 75-100°C and then immersed in a fluidized bed containing the PHAE powder. The powder in the bed was maintained at room temperature and the air-flow rate through the bed was sufficient to fluidize the powder. Preforms were removed after 8 seconds and fiame treated to melt the powder and create a uniform clear coating. The preforms were coated, on average, with 0.7 grams of resin.
  • Another method of producing a coated PET preform in accordance with the present invention is electrostatic spraying of the PET preform using a powdered resin of the barrier coating material.
  • the barrier material resin is used as a powder of preferably 80 to 200 mesh, more preferably 100 to 140 mesh.
  • An electrostatic spraying apparatus such as those known to those in the art, is used.
  • the electrostatic powder coating process begins b ⁇ obtaining PET preforms, preferably by injection molding as described above.
  • the surface of the preform is preferably free of any oils, surfactants, mold release agents, or the like to allow the barrier coating material to adhere directly to the PET.
  • An electrical charge preferably 40 to 100 Kv, more preferably 70 to 80 Kv, is placed on the powder as it exits the spray gun.
  • a charge opposite to that of the powder may be placed on the preform, or the preform may be grounded.
  • the preform at a temperature of preferably 10 to 40 ° C, more preferably 20 to 25 ° C, is sprayed for preferably 1 to 15 seconds, more preferably 3 to 5 seconds.
  • the powder-coated preform must then be heated such as by a lamp, flame, or oven to cause the powder to melt or flow so that it forms a smooth uniform coating. Once the coating is smoothed out by heating, the preform may then be blow-molded into a bottle.
  • the barrier-coated preforms produced from electrostatic spraying are preferably of the type seen in Figures 3 or 5.
  • the barrier coating 22 is disposed only on the exterior of the preform and the interior is uncoated.
  • Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic resin specifically XU19040.00L (Dow Chemical Company) was obtained as small pellets. The pellets were ground into a powder and sieved to selectively obtain 120 to 140 mesh powder. Three clean injection molded prefomis of virgin PET weighing approximately 48 grams were used. A grounded wire mesh insert was placed inside each preform at room temperature. No voltage was applied to the preforms. The preforms were sprayed with the powder using a standard spray gun with an applied voltage. Preforms were sprayed for 5 seconds and then flame treated. The preforms were coated, on average, with 1.6 grams of resin.
  • overmolding An especially preferred method of producing a coated PET preform is referred to herein generally as overmolding, and sometimes as inject-over-inject ("101").
  • the name refers to a procedure which uses injection molding to inject one or more layers of barrier material over an existing preform, preferably that which was itself made by injection molding.
  • injecting and “overmolding” are used herein to describe the coating process whereby a Iayer of material, preferably comprising ba ⁇ ier material, is injected over an existing preform, in an especially preferred embodiment, the overinjecting process is performed while the underlying preform has not yet fully solidified.
  • Overinjecting may be used to place one or more additional layers of materials such as those comprising barrier material, recycled PET, or other materials over a coated or uncoated preform.
  • the overmolding is carried out by using an injection molding process using equipment similar to that used to form the uncoated preform itself.
  • a preferred mold for overmolding, with an uncoated preform in place is shown in Figure 9.
  • the mold comprises two halves, a cavity half 52 and a mandrel half 54, and is shown in Figure 9 in the closed position prior to overinjecting.
  • the cavity half 52 comprises a cavity in which the uncoated preform is placed.
  • the support ring 6 of the preform rests on a ledge 58 and is held in place by the mandrel half 54 which exerts pressure on the support ring 6, thus sealing the neck portion off from the body portion of the preform.
  • the cavity half 52 has a plurality of tubes or channels 55 therein which carry a fluid.
  • the fluid in the channels circulates in a path in which the fluid passes into an input in the cavity half 52, through the channels 55, out of the cavity half 52 through an output, through a chiller or other cooling means, and then back into the input.
  • the circulating fluid serves to cool the mold, which in turn cools the plastic melt which is injected into the mold to form the coated preform.
  • the mandrel half of the moid comprises a mandrel.
  • the mandrel 96 sometimes called a core, protrudes from the mandrel half 54 of the mold and occupies the central cavity of the preform.
  • the mandrel 96 cools the interior of the preform. The cooling is done by fluid circulating through channels 57 in the mandrel half 54 of the mold, most importantly through the length of the mandrel 96 itself.
  • the channels 57 of the mandrel half 54 work in a similar to the channels 55 in the cavity half 52, in that they create the portion of the path through which the cooling fluid travels which lies in the interior of the mold half.
  • the body portion of the preform is centered within the cavity and is completely surrounded by a void space 60.
  • the preform thus positioned, acts as an interior die mandrel in the subsequent injection procedure.
  • the melt of the overmolding material preferably comprising a barrier material, is then introduced into the mold cavity from the injector via gate 56 and flows around the preform, preferably surrounding at least the body portion 4 of the preform.
  • the overmolded Iayer will take the approximate size and shape of the void space 60.
  • that temperature is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 180-225°C. If a temperature at or above the temperature of crystallization for PET is used, which is about 120 ° C, care should be taken when cooling the PET in the preform. The cooling should be sufficient to allow for the PET in the preform to take the preferred amorphous state, rather than the crystalline state.
  • the initial preform used may be one which has been very recently injection molded and not fully cooled, as to be at an elevated temperature as is preferred for the overmolding process.
  • the coating material is heated to form a melt of a viscosity compatible with use in an injection molding apparatus.
  • the temperature for this, the inject temperature will differ among materials, as eiting ranges in polymers and viscosities of melts may vary due to the history, chemical character, molecular weight, degree of branching and other characteristics of a material.
  • the inject temperature is preferably in the range of about 175-325"C, more preferably 200 to 275 ° C.
  • the preferred temperature is around 275°C
  • the PHAE XU-19040.00L the preferred temperature is around 200°C.
  • the inject temperature is preferably 250-300 ° C.
  • the coating material is then injected into the mold in a volume sufficient to fill the void space 60. If the coating material comprises barrier material, the coating Iayer is a barrier Iayer.
  • the coated preform is preferably cooled at least to the point where it can be displaced from the moid or handled without being damaged, and removed from the mold where further cooling may take place.
  • the cooling should be fairly rapid and sufficient to ensure that the PET is primarily in the amorphous state when the preform is fully cooled. As a result of this process, a strong and effective bonding takes place between the initial preform and the subsequently applied coating material.
  • Overmolding can be also used to create coated preforms with three or more layers. In Figure 17, there is shown a three-layer embodiment of preform of the present invention.
  • the preform shown therein has two coating layers, a middle iayer 80 and an outer Iayer 82.
  • the relative thickness of the layers shown in Figure 17 may be varied to suit a particular combination of Iayer materials or to allow for the making of different sized bottles.
  • a procedure analogous to that disclosed above would be followed, except that the initial preform would be one which had already been coated, as by one of the methods for making coated preforms described herein, including overmolding. a.
  • the preferred apparatus for performing the overmolding process is based upon the use of a 330-330-200 machine by Engei (Austria), the mold portion of which comprises a stationary half and a movable half. Both halves are preferably made from hard metal.
  • the stationary half comprises at least two mold sections, wherein each mold section comprises N (N > 0) identical mold cavities, an input and output for cooling fluid, channels allowing for circulation of cooling fluid within the mold section, injection apparatus, and hot runners channeling the molten material from the injection apparatus to the gate of each mold cavity.
  • each mold section forms a distinct preform Iayer, and each preform Iayer is preferably made of a different material
  • each mold section is separately controlled to accommodate the potentially different conditions required for each material and Iayer.
  • the injector associated with a particular mold section injects a moiten material, at a temperature suitable for that particular material, through that mold section's hot runners and gates and into the mold cavities.
  • the moid section's own input and output for cooling fluid allow for changing the temperature of the moid section to accommodate the characteristics of the particular material injected into a mold section. Consequently, each mold section may have a different injection temperature, mold temperature, pressure, injection volume, cooling fluid temperature, etc. to accommodate the material and operational requirements of a particular preform iayer.
  • the movable half of the mold comprises a turntable 102 and a plurality of cores or mandrels 96.
  • the alignment pins guide the plate to slidabiy move in a preferably horizontal direction towards or away from the stationary half.
  • the turntable may rotate in either a clockwise or counterclockwise direction, and is mounted onto the plate.
  • the plurality of mandrels are affixed onto the turntable. These mandrels serve as the mold form for the interior of the preform, as well as serving as a carrier and cooling means for the preform during the molding operation.
  • the cooling means in the mandrels is separate from the cooling means in the mold sections.
  • the mold temperature or cooling for the mold is controlled by means of circulating fluid.
  • There is separate cooling fluid circulation for the movable half and for each of the mold sections of the stationary half Therefore, in a moid having two moid sections in the stationary half, there is separate cooii ⁇ g for each of the two mold sections plus separate cooling for the movable half of the mold.
  • Each cooling fluid circulation set up works in a similar manner. The fluid enters the mold, flows through a network of channels or tubes inside as discussed above for Figure 9, and then exits through an output.
  • the mandrels and cavities comprise a high heat transfer material, such a beryllium, which is coated with a hard metal, such as tin or chrome.
  • the hard coating keeps the beryllium from direct contact with the preform, as well as acting as a release for ejection and providing a hard surface for long life.
  • the high heat transfer material allows for more efficient cooling, and thus assists in achieving lower cycle times.
  • the high heat transfer material may be disposed over the entire area of each mandrel and/or cavity, or it may be only on portions thereof.
  • the at least the tips of the mandrels comprise high heat transfer material.
  • the number of mandrels is equal to the total number of cavities, and the arrangement of the mandrels on the movable half mirrors the arrangement of the cavities on the stationary half.
  • the movable half moves towards the stationary half, mating the mandrels with the cavities.
  • the movable half moves away from the stationary half such that the mandrels are well clear of the block on the stationary half.
  • the turntable of the movable half rotates the mandrels into alignment with a different mold section.
  • the movable half rotates 360 /(number of mold sections in the stationary half) degrees after each withdrawal of the mandrels from the stationary half.
  • the size of the cavities in a given mold section will be identical, however the size of the cavities will differ among the moid sections.
  • the cavities in which the uncoated preforms are first molded, the preform molding cavities, are smallest in size.
  • the size of the cavities in the moid section in which the first coating step is performed are larger than the preform molding cavities, in order to accommodate the uncoated preform and still provide space for the coating material to be injected into to form the overmolded coating.
  • the cavities in each subsequent mold section wherein additional overmolding steps are performed will be increasingly larger in size to accommodate the preform as it gets larger with each coating step.
  • a series of ejectors eject the finished preforms off of the mandrels.
  • the ejectors for the mandrels operate independently, or at least there is a single ejector for a set of mandrels equal in number and configuration to a single mold section, so that only the completed preforms are ejected. Uncoated or incompletely-coated preforms remain on the mandrels so that they may continue in the cycle to the next mold section.
  • the ejection may cause the preforms to completely separate from the mandrels to fall into a bin or onto a conveyor. Alternatively, the preforms may remain on the mandrels after ejection, after which a robotic arm or other such apparatus grasps a preform or group of preforms for removal to a bin, conveyor, or other desired location.
  • Figures 10 and 11 illustrate a schematic for an embodiment of the apparatus described above.
  • Figure 11 is the stationary half of the mold.
  • the block 101 has two mold sections, one comprising a set of three preform molding cavities 98 and the other comprising a set of three preform coating cavities 100.
  • Each of the preform coating cavities 100 is preferably like that shown in Figure 9, discussed above.
  • Each of the preform molding cavities 98 is preferably similar to that shown in Figure 9, in that the material is injected into a space defined by the mandrel (albeit without a preform already thereon) and the wall of the mold which is cooled by fluid circulating through channels inside the mold block. Consequently, one full production cycle of this apparatus wiii yield three two-layer preforms.
  • the stationary half can be reconfigured to accommodate more cavities in each of the mold sections.
  • An example of this is seen in Figure 14, wherein there is shown a stationary half of a mold comprising two mold sections, one comprising forty-eight preform molding cavities 98 and the other comprising forty-eight preform coating cavities 100. If a three or more Iayer preform is desired, the stationary half can be reconfigured to accommodate additional mold sections, one for each preform layer
  • Figure 10 illustrates the movable half of the mold.
  • the movable half comprises six identical mandrels 96 mounted on the turntable 102. Each mandrel corresponds to a cavity on the stationary half of the mold.
  • the movable half also comprises alignment pegs 94, which correspond to the receptacles 95 on the stationary half. When the movable half of the moid moves to close the mold, the alignment pegs 94 are mated with their corresponding receptacles 95 such that the molding cavities 98 and the coating cavities 100 align with the mandrels 96.
  • each mandrel After alignment and closure, half of the mandrels 96 are centered within preform molding cavities 98 and the other half of the mandrels 96 are centered within preform coating cavities 100.
  • the configuration of the cavities, mandrels, and alignment pegs and receptacles must all have sufficient symmetry such that after the mold is separated and rotated the proper number of degrees, all of the mandrels line up with cavities and all alignment pegs line up with receptacles.
  • each mandrel must be in a cavity in a different mold section than it was in prior to rotation in order to achieve the orderly process of molding and overmolding in an identical fashion for each preform made in the machine.
  • FIGs 15 and 16 Two views of the two mold haives together are shown in Figures 15 and 16.
  • the movable half is moving towards the stationary half, as indicated by the arrow.
  • Two mandrels 96, mounted on the turntable 102, are beginning to enter cavities, one enters a molding cavity 98 and the other is entering a coating cavity 100 mounted in the block 101.
  • the mandrels 96 are fully withdrawn from the cavities on the stationary side.
  • the cooling arrangement is shown schematically, wherein the preform molding cavity 98 has cooling circulation 106 which is separate from the cooling circulation 108 for the preform coating cavity 100 which comprises the other mold section.
  • the two mandrels 96 are cooled by a single system 104 which links all the mandrels togetner.
  • the arrow in Figure 16 shows the rotation of the turntable 102.
  • the turntable could also rotate clockwise.
  • coated and uncoated preforms which would be on the mandrels if the machine were in operation.
  • the alignment pegs and receptacles have also been left out for the sake of clarity.
  • the operation of the overmolding apparatus will be discussed in terms of the preferred two mold section apparatus for making a two-layer preform.
  • the mold is closed by moving the movable half towards the stationary half until they are in contact.
  • a first injection apparatus injects a melt of first material into the first mold section, through the hot runners and into the preform molding cavities 98 via their respective gates to form the uncoated preforms each of which become the inner layer of a coated preform.
  • the first material fills the void between the preform molding cavities 98 and the mandrels 96.
  • a second injection apparatus injects a melt of second material into the second mold section of the stationary half, through the hot runners and into each preform coating cavity 100 via their respective gates, such that the second material fills the void (60 in Figure 9) between the wall of the coating cavity 100 and the uncoated preform mounted on the mandrel 96 therein.
  • cooling fluid is circulating through the three separate areas 106, 108, and 104, corresponding to the mold section of the preform molding cavities, moid section of the preform coating cavities, and the movable half of the mold, respectively.
  • the melts and preforms are being cooled in the center by the circulation in the movable half that goes through the interior of the mandrels, as well as on the outside by the circulation in each of the cavities.
  • the operating parameters of the cooling fluid in the first mold section containing preform molding cavities 98 are separately controlled from the operating parameters of the cooling fluid in the second mold section containing the coating cavities to account for the different material characteristics of the preform and the coating. These are in turn separate from those of the movable half of the mold which provides constant cooling for the interior of the preform throughout the cycle, whether the mold is open or closed.
  • the movable half then slides back to separate the two mold halves and open the mold, until all of the mandrels 96 having preforms thereon are completely withdrawn from the preform molding cavities 98 and preform coating cavities 100.
  • the ejectors eject the coated, finished preforms off of the mandrels 96 which were just removed from the preform coating cavities.
  • the ejection may cause the preforms 96 to completely separate from the mandrels and fall into a bin or onto a conveyor, or if the preforms remain on the mandrels after ejection, a robotic arm or other apparatus may grasp a preform or group of preforms for removal to a bin, conveyor, or other desired location.
  • the turntable 102 then rotates 180 so that each mandrel 96 having an uncoated preform thereon is positioned over a preform coating cavity 100, and each mandrel from which a coated preform was just ejected is positioned over a preform molding cavity 98. Rotation of the turntable 102 may occur as quickly as 0.3 seconds.
  • the mold halves again align and close, and the first injector injects the first material into the preform molding cavity while the second injector injects the barrier material into the preform coating cavity.
  • a production cycle of closing the mold, injecting the melts, opening the mold, ejecting finished barrier preforms, rotating the turntable, and closing the mold is repeated, so that preforms are continuously being molded and overmolded.
  • the apparatus first begins running, during the initial cycle, no preforms are yet in the preform coating cavities 100. Therefore, the operator should either prevent the second injector from injecting the second material into the second mold section during the first injection, or allow the second material to be injected and eject and then discard the resulting single Iayer preform comprised solely of the second material. After this start-up step, the operator may either manually control the operations or program the desired parameters such that the process is automatically controlled.
  • Two iayer preforms may be made using the preferred overmolding apparatus described above.
  • the two iayer preform comprises an inner Iayer comprising polyester and an outer layer comprising barrier material, in especially preferred embodiments, the inner layer comprises virgin PET.
  • the description hereunder is directed toward the especially preferred embodiments of two iayer preforms comprising an inner Iayer of virgin PET.
  • the description is directed toward describing the formation of a si ⁇ gie set of coated preforms of the type seen in Figure 4, that is, following a set of preforms through the process of molding, overmolding and ejection, rather than describing the operation of the apparatus as a whole.
  • preforms having a total thickness in the wall portion 3 of about 3 mm, comprising about 2mm of virgin PET and about 1 mm of barrier material.
  • the thickness of the two layers will vary in other portions of the preform, as shown in Figure 4. It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that seme of the parameters detailed below will differ if other embodiments of preforms are used. For example, the amount of time which the mold stays closed will vary depending upon the wall thickness of the preforms. However, given the disclosure below for this preferred embodiment and the remainder of the disclosure herein, one skilled in the art would be able to determine appropriate parameters for other preform embodiments.
  • the apparatus described above is set up so that the injector supplying the mold section containing the preform molding cavities 98 is fed with virgin PET and that the injector supplying the moid section containing the preform coating cavities 100 is fed with a barrier material.
  • Both mold halves are cooled by circulating fluid, preferably water, at a temperature of preferably 0-50°C, more preferably 10-15°C.
  • the movable half of the mold is moved so that the mold is closed.
  • a melt of virgin PET is injected through the back of the block 101 and into each preform molding cavity 98 to form an uncoated preform which becomes the inner Iayer of the coated preform.
  • the injection temperature of the PET melt is preferably 250 to 300°C, more preferably 265 to 280 ° C.
  • the mold is kept closed for preferably 3 to 10 seconds, more preferably 4 to 6 seconds while the PET is cooled by the water circulating in the mold.
  • surfaces of the preforms which are in contact with surfaces of preform molding cavities 98 or mandrels 96 begin to form a skin while the cores of the preforms remain molten and unsoiidified.
  • the movable half of the mold is then moved so that the two halves of the mold are separated at or past the point where the newly molded preforms, which remain on the mandrels 96, are clear of the stationary side of the mold.
  • the interior of the preforms, in contact with the mandrel 96, continues to cool.
  • the cooling is preferably done in a manner which removes heat at a rate greater than the crystallization rate for the PET so that in the preform the PET will be in the amorphous state.
  • the chilled water circulating through the mold, as described above, should be sufficient to accomplish this task.
  • the temperature of the exterior surface of the preform begins to rise, as it absorbs heat from the molten core of the preform. This heating begins to soften the skin on the exterior surface of the newly molded preform.
  • each mandrel 96 having a molded preform thereon is positioned over a preform coating cavity 100.
  • each of the other mandreis 96 which do not have molded preforms thereon are each positioned over a preform molding cavity 98.
  • the mold is again closed.
  • the time between removal from the preform molding cavity to insertion into the preform coating cavity is 1 to 10 seconds, more preferably 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the exterior surfaces of the preforms are not in contact with a mold surface.
  • the exterior skin is still softened and hot as described above because the contact cooiing is only from the mandrel inside.
  • the high temperature of the exterior surface of the uncoated preform (which forms the inner Iayer of the coated preform) aids in promoting adhesion between the PET and barrier layers in the finished barrier coated preform. It is postulated that the surfaces of the materials are more reactive when hot, and thus chemical interactions between the barrier material and the virgin PET will be enhanced by the high temperatures.
  • Barrier material will coat and adhere to a preform with a cold surface, and thus the operation may be performed using a cold initial uncoated preform, but the adhesion is markedly -better when the overmolding process is done at an elevated temperature, as occurs immediately following the molding of the uncoated preform.
  • a second injection operation then follows in which a melt of a barrier material, is injected into each preform coating cavity 100 to coat the preforms.
  • the temperature of the melt of barrier material is preferably 160 to 300°C.
  • the exact temperature range for any individual barrier material is dependent upon the specific characteristics of that barrier material, but it is well within the abilities of one skilled in the art to determine a suitable range by routine experimentation given the disclosure herein.
  • the temperature of the melt is preferably 160 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 220 ° C.
  • the injection temperature is preferably 160 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 220 ° C.
  • this set of preforms are being overmolded with barrier material in the preform coating cavities 100
  • another set of uncoated preforms is being molded in the preform molding cavities as described above.
  • the two halves of the mold are again separated preferably 3 to 10 seconds, more preferably 4 to 6 seconds following the initiation of the injection step.
  • the preforms which have just been barrier coated in the preform coating cavities 100 are ejected from the mandrels 96.
  • the uncoated preforms which were just molded in preform molding cavities 98 remain on their mandrels 96.
  • the turntable is then rotated 180 so that each mandrel having an uncoated preform thereon is positioned over a coating cavity 100 and each mandrel 96 from which a coated preform was just removed is positioned over a molding cavity 98.
  • cycle times for the process are similar to those for the standard process to produce uncoated preforms; that is the molding and coating of preforms by this process is done in a period of time similar to that required to make uncoated PET preforms of similar size by standard methods currently used in preform production. Therefore, one can make barrier coated PET preforms instead of uncoated PET preforms without a significant change in production output and capacity.
  • a PET melt cools slowly, the PET will take on a crystalline form. Because crystalline polymers do not blow mold as well as amorphous polymers, a preform of crystalline PET would not be expected to perform as well in forming containers according to the present invention. If, however, the PET is cooled at a rate faster than the crystal formation rate, as is described herein, it will take on an amorphous form. The amorphous form is ideal for blow molding. Thus, sufficient cooling of the PET is crucial to forming preforms which wili perform as needed when processed.
  • the rate at which a Iayer of PET cools in a mold such as described herein is proportional to the thickness of the Iayer of PET, as well as the temperature of the cooling surfaces with which it is in contact. If the mold temperature factor is held constant, a thick Iayer of PET cools more slowiy than a thin iayer. This is because it takes a longer period of time for heat to transfer from the inner portion of a thick PET Iayer to the outer surface of the PET which is in contact with the cooling surfaces of the mold than it would for a thinner iayer of PET because of the greater distance the heat must travel in the thicker Iayer.
  • a preform having a thicker Iayer of PET needs to be in contact with the cooling surfaces of the mold for a longer time than does a preform having a thinner iayer of PET.
  • the uncoated preforms of this invention are preferably thinner than a conventional PET preform for a given container size. This is because in making the barrier coated preforms of the present invention, a quantity of the PET which would be in a conventional PET preform can be displaced by a similar quantity of one of the preferred barrier materials. This can be done because the preferred barrier materials have physical properties similar to PET, as described above. Thus, when the barrier materials displace an approximately equal quantity of PET in the wails of a preform or container, there will not be a significant difference in the physical performance of the container.
  • the preferred uncoated preforms which form the inner iayer of the barrier coated preforms of the present invention are thin-wailed, they can be removed from the moid sooner than their thicker- walled conventional counterparts.
  • the uncoated preform of the present invention can be removed from the moid preferably after about 4-6 seconds without crystallizing, as compared to about 14-24 seconds for a conventional PET preform having a total wall thickness of about 3 mm. All in all, the time to make a barrier coated preform of the present invention is equal to or slightly greater (up to about 30%) than the time required to make a monolayer PET preform of this same total thickness.
  • barrier coated preforms can be made in about the same time it takes to produce an uncoated conventional preform.
  • the PET wall thickness at 27 in the center of the area of the end cap 10 is reduced to preferably about 1/3 of the total wail thickness. Moving from the center of the end cap out to the end of the radius of the end cap, the thickness gradually increases to preferably about 2/3 of the total wall thickness, as at reference number 23 in the wall portion 3.
  • the wall thickness may remain constant or it may, as depicted in Figure 4, transition to a lower thickness prior to the support ring 6.
  • the thicknesses of the various portions of the preform may be varied, but in ail cases, the PET and barrier Iayer wail thicknesses must remain above critical melt flow thickness for any given preform design.
  • Using preforms of the design in Figure 4 allows for even faster cycle times than that used to produce preforms of the type in Figure 3.
  • one of the biggest barriers to short cycle time is the length of time that the PET needs to be cooled in the mold following injection, if a preform comprising PET has not sufficiently cooled before it is ejected from the mandrel, it will become crystalline and potentially cause difficulties during blow molding.
  • the preform design in Figure 4 takes care of both problems by making the PET Iayer thinnest in the center of the end cap region, which is where the gate is in the mold.
  • the thin gate section allows the gate area to cool more rapidly, so that the uncoated PET Iayer may be removed from the mold in a relatively short period of time while still avoiding crystallization of the gate and washing of the PET during the second injection or overmolding phase.
  • the physical characteristics of the preferred barrier-materials of the present invention help to make this type of preform design workable.
  • containers having wall portions which are primarily barrier material can be made without sacrificing the performance of the container. If the barrier material used were not similar to PET, a container having a variable wall composition as in Figure 4 would likely have weak spots or other defects that could affect container performance.
  • Lamellar Injection Molding A barrier Iayer or a barrier preform can also be produced by a process called lamellar injection molding (LIM).
  • LIM lamellar injection molding
  • the essence of LIM processes is the creation of a meltstream which is composed of a plurality of thin layers. In this application, it is preferred that the LIM meltstream is comprised of alternating thin layers of PET and barrier material.
  • the two materials which are to form the layers are placed in separate hoppers 84 and 85, which feed two separate cylinders, 86 and 87 respectively.
  • the materials are coextruded at rates designed to provide the desired relative amounts of each material to form a lamellar meltstream comprised of a Iayer from each cylinder.
  • the lamellar meltstream output from combined cylinders is then applied to a Iayer generation system 88.
  • the two Iayer meltstream is multiplied into a multi-layer meltstream by repetition of a series of actions much like one would do to make a pastry dough having a number of layers.
  • the two pieces are flattened so that each of the two pieces is about as long as the original section before it was halved in the first step, but only half as thick as the original section.
  • the two pieces are recombined into one piece having similar dimensions as the original section, but having four layers, by stacking one piece on top of the other piece so that the sublayers of the two materials are parallel to each other.
  • These three steps of dividing, flattening, and recombining the meltstream may be done several times to create more thinner layers.
  • the meltstream may be multiplied by performing the dividing, flattening and recombining a number of times to produce a single melt stream consisting of a plurality of sublayers of the component materials.
  • the composition of the layers will alternate between the two materials.
  • the output from the Iayer generation system passes through 89 and is injected into a mold to form a preform or a coating.
  • a system such as that in Figure 12 to generate a lamellar meltstream may be used in place of one or both of the injectors in the overmolding process and apparatus described above.
  • a barrier preform could be formed using a single injection of a LIM meltstream if the meltstream comprised barrier material. If a preform is made exclusively from a LIM meltstream or is made having an inner Iayer which was made from a LIM meltstream, and the container made therefrom is to be in contact with edibles, it is preferred that ali materials in the LIM meltstream have FDA approval.
  • a preform of the type in Figure 4 is made using an i ⁇ ject-over-inject process wherein a lamellar meltstream is injected into the barrier coating cavities 100 ( Figure 11).
  • a lamellar meltstream is injected into the barrier coating cavities 100 ( Figure 11).
  • LIM-over-inject in which a preform is overmolded with a lamellar meltstream, can be called LIM-over-inject.
  • the first or inner Iayer is preferably virgin PET
  • the LIM meltstream is preferably a barrier material, such as PHAE, and recycled PET.
  • FIG. 4A shows an enlarged view of a wall section 3 of a preform of the type in Figure 4 made by a LIM over inject process.
  • the inner iayer 110 is a single material, but the outer iayer 112 is comprised of a plurality of microlayers formed by the LIM process.
  • An exemplary process to make such a preform is as follows. Recycled polyethylene terephthalate is applied through a feed hopper 84 to a first cylinder 86, while simultaneously, a barrier material is applied through a second feed hopper 85 to a second cylinder 87.
  • the two materials are coextruded at rates to provide two-layer lamellar meltstream comprising preferably 60-95 wt.% recycled polyethylene terephthalate and preferably 540 wt.% barrier material.
  • the lamellar meltstream is applied to the Iayer generation system 88 in which a lamellar melt stream comprising the two materials is formed by dividing, flattening and recombining the meltstream, preferably at least twice.
  • This lameiiar melt stream exits at 89 and is then injected into a mold, such as that depicted in Figure 9.
  • the lamellar melt stream is injected into the preform coating cavities 100 of in an overmolding apparatus such as that in Figures 11 and 12 over a preform, to form a LIM-over-inject coated preform comprising a barrier Iayer consisting of alternating microlayers of ba ⁇ ier material and recycled PET.
  • virgin PET is applied through a feed hopper 84 to a first cylinder 86, while simultaneously, B-010 is applied through a second feed hopper 85 to a second cylinder 87.
  • the two polymers are coextruded at rates to provide a meltstream comprising preferably 60-95 wt.% virgin polyethylene terephthalate and preferably 540 wt.% B-010.
  • the two layer meltstream is applied to a Iayer generation system 88 in which a lameiiar melt stream comprising the two materials is formed by dividing flattening and recombining the meltstream, preferably at least twice.
  • This lamellar melt stream exits at 89 and is then injected into the preform molding cavities 98 of the preferred overmolding apparatus described above.
  • This initial LIM preform is overinjected with recycled PET in the preform coating cavities 100 to produce a prefomi with an inner layer consisting of alternating microlayers of barrier material and virgin PET, and an outer Iayer of recycled PET.
  • Such a process may be called inject-over-LIM.
  • the lameiiar injection system can be used to advantage to provide a plurality of alternating and repeating sublayers, preferably comprised of PET and a ba ⁇ ier material.
  • the multiple layers of these embodiments of the invention offers a further safeguard against premature diffusion of gases through the sidewall of the beverage container or other food product container.
  • the barrier-coated containers of the present invention are preferably produced by blow-molding the barrier- coated preforms, the creation of which is disclosed above.
  • the barrier-coated preforms of the present invention can be biow-molded using techniques and conditions very similar, if not identical, to those by which uncoated PET preforms are blown into containers. Such techniques and conditions for blow-molding monoia ⁇ er PET preforms into bottles are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used or adapted as necessary.
  • the preform is heated to a temperature of preferably 90 to 120°C, more preferably 100 to 105°C, and given a brief period of time to equilibrate. After equilibration, it is stretched to a length approximating the length of the final container. Following the stretching, pressurized air is forced into the preform which acts to expand the walls of the preform to fit the mold in which it rests, thus creating the container.

Abstract

This invention relates to articles made of polyester (1), preferably polyethylene terephthalate (PET), having coated directly (80, 82) to at least one of the surfaces thereof one or more layers of thermoplastic material with good gas-barrier characteristics, and novel methods of making such articles. Preferably the barrier-coated articles take the form of preforms coated by at least one layer of barrier material and the containers blow-molded therefrom. Such barrier-coated containers are preferably of the type to hold beverages such as soft drinks, beer or juice. The preferred barrier materials have a lower permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide than PET as well as key physical properties similar to PET. The materials and methods provide that the barrier layers have good adherence to PET, even during and after the blow molding process to form containers from preforms. Preferred barrier coating materials include poly(hydroxyamino ethers). In one preferred method, preforms are injection molded then barrier-coated immediately thereafter.

Description

BARRIER-COATED POLYESTER
Background of the Invention This invention relates to barrier-coated polyesters, preferably barrier coated polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and articles made therefrom. Preferably the barrier-coated PET takes the form of preforms having at least one layer of a barrier material and the bottles blow-molded therefrom. This invention further relates to methods of making articles formed of barrier coated polyester.
The use of plastic containers as a replacement for glass or metal containers in the packaging of beverages has become increasingly popular. The advantages of plastic packaging include lighter weight, decreased breakage as compared to glass, and potentially lower costs. The most common plastic used in making beverage containers today is PET. Virgin PET has been approved by the FDA for use in contact with foodstuffs. Containers made of PET are transparent, thin- wailed, lightweight, and have the ability to maintain their shape by withstanding the force exerted on the walls of the container by pressurized contents, such as carbonated beverages. PET resins are also fairly inexpensive and easy to process.
Despite these advantages and its widespread use, there is a serious downside to the use of PET in thin-walled beverage containers: permeability to gases such as carbon dioxide and oxygen. These problems are of particular importance when the bottle is small, in a small bottle, the ratio of surface area to volume is large which allows for a large surface for the gas contained within to diffuse through the wails of the bottle. The permeability of PET bottles results in soft drinks that go "flat" due to the egress of carbon dioxide, as well as beverages that have their flavor spoiled due to the ingress of oxygen. Because of these problems, PET bottles are not suitable for all uses desired by industry, and for many of the existing uses, the shelf-life of liquids packaged in PET bottles is shorter than desired. Although the plastic beverage container industry is large and competitive and the permeability problem with PET containers has been known since the inception of their use, there still is no good working solution to the permeability problem. Attempts to produce containers with barrier coatings have been heretofore largely unsuccessful.
Most of the problem with producing coated containers comes from the difficulty in finding suitable barrier materials. When most materials are placed on PET they will not adhere at all or they will adhere so weakly that they will delaminate from the PET over a short period of time or-under minimal stress. Examples of such materials are polyvinylchioride (PVC) and polyviπylidene chloride (PVDC). Materials that do adhere to PET often do not have good barrier properties or have other characteristics that do not make them suitable for use in a low-cost commercial barrier coated container.
U.S. Patent No. 5,464,106 to Slat, et al, describes bottles formed from the blow molding of preforms having a barrier layer. The barrier materials disclosed are polyethylene naphthalate, saran, ethylene vinyl alcohol copolymers or acrylonitriie copolymers. In Slat's technique, the barrier material and the material to form the inner wall of the preform are coextruded in the shape of a tube. This tube is then cut into lengths corresponding to the length of the preform, and is then placed inside a mold wherein the outer layer of the preform is injected over the tube to form the finished preform. The preform may then be blow-molded to form a bottle. The drawbacks of this method are that most of the barrier materials disclosed do not adhere well to PET, and that the process itself is rather cumbersome. A family of materials with good barrier characteristics are those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,578,295 to
Jabarin. Such barrier materials include copolymers of terephthaiic acid and isophthalic acid with ethylene glycol and at least one diol. This type of material is commercially available as B-010 from Mitsui Petrochemical ind. Ltd. (Japan). These barrier materials are miscible with polyethylene' terephthaiate and form blends of 80-90% PET and 10-20% of the copolyester from which barrier containers are formed. The containers made from these blends are about 2040% better gas barriers to CO, transmission than PET alone. Although some have claimed that this polyester adheres to PET without deiamiπation, the only preforms or containers disclosed were made with blends of these materials. There is no evidence that anyone heretofore has actually made a laminar preform or container using these materials from which to base such a statement.
Another group of materials, the polya ine-polyepoxides, have been proposed for use as a gas-barrier coating. These materials can be used to form a barrier coating on polypropylene or surface-treated PET, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,489,455 to Nugent, Jr. et al. These materials commonly come as a solvent or aqueous based thermosetting composition and are generally spray coated onto a container and then heat-cured to form the finished barrier coating. Being thermosets, these materials are not conducive to use as preform coatings, because once the coating has been cured, it can no longer be softened by heating and thus cannot be blow molded, as opposed to thermoplastic materials which can be softened at any time after application.
Another type of barrier-coating, that disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,472,753 to Farha, relies upon the use of a copolyester to effect adherence between PET and the barrier material. Farha describes two types of laminates, a three-ply and a two-ply. In the three-ply laminate, an amorphous, thermoplastic copolyester is placed between the barrier layer of phenoxy-type thermoplastic and the layer of PET to serve as a tie layer to bind the inner and outer layers. In the two-ply laminate, the phenoxy-type thermoplastic is first blended with the amorphous, thermoplastic copolyester and this blend is then applied to the PET to form a barrier. These laminates are made either by extrusion or by injection molding wherein each layer is allowed to cool before the other layer of material is injected.
Thus, the need for barrier-coated PET preforms and containers which are economical, cosmetically appealing, easy to produce, and have good barrier and physical properties remains unfulfilled.
Summary of the Invention This invention relates to articles made of PET having coated upon the surfaces thereof one or more thin layers of thermoplastic material with good gas-barrier characteristics. The articles of the present invention are preferably in the form of preforms and containers. In preferred embodiments, the polyester comprises polyethylene terephthalate and the Phenoxy-type thermoplastic comprises a polyfhydroxyamino ether).
In one aspect, the present invention provides for a barrier-coated polyester article comprising at least one layer of amorphous polyester directly adhered to at least one layer of barrier material. The barrier mateπal, which comprises a copolyester of tεrephtha c acid, isophtha c acid and at least one diol, has a glass transition temperature between 55°C and 140°C, and has a permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide which is less than that of polyethylene terephthalate.
In another aspect of the present invention there is provided a process for making a barrier-coated container compπsing the steps of providing a barrier-coated polyester article in the form of a preform, such as that descnbed above, and blow-molding the preform to the desired container shape.
In yet another aspect of the present invention there is provided a barrier coated preform comprising a polyester layer and a bamer layer compπsing barrier matenal, wherein the polyester layer is thinner in the end cap than in the wall portion and the bamer layer is thicker in the end cap than in the wail portion. In another aspect of the present invention, a multi-layer article compπsing a wall portion compπsing an inner multi-component iayer and an outer layer. The inner multi-component layer has at least two discrete sublayers having an interface surface between the sublayers and extends longitudinally of the article, one of the sublayers compπsing polyester and another of the sublayers comprising a bamer mateπal comprising a (i) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic or (n) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol, the barrier material having a permeability to carbon dioxide of no more than one-third of the permeability to carbon dioxide of polyethylene terephthalate. The outer layer compπses recycled polyester and the inner multi-component Iayer and the outer Iayer compπses materials with an absolute refractive index of 1.55-1.75.
In yet another aspect of the present invention there is provided a multi-layer preform compπsing a wall portion having an inner Iayer and an outer Iayer. The inner layer compπses polyester, extends longitudinally of the preform terminating in a threaded neck finish section having externally upset threads to receive a closure member, has a support ring at the lower end of the threaded neck finish section, and has a thickness of at least two millimeters and an absolute refractive index of 1.55-1.65. The outer Iayer co-extends with the inner Iayer to terminate below the support ring and compπses (i) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol or (n) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic selected from the group consisting of poly(hydroxy ether), poly(hydroxy ester ether), and poly(hydroxyamιno ether), wherein the outer Iayer has a permeability to oxygen less than that of the inner Iayer and a thickness of no more than one-fourth the thickness of the inner Iayer. Additionally, the outer Iayer has an absolute refractive index of a value to provide a ratio of the refractive indices within the range of 1.0-1.2
In a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a process for making a barrier coated polyester article comprising the steps of providing polyester article having at least one surface at a temperature of at least 100°C, and placing a bamer material on the heated surface of the -polyester. The bamer material, compπsing a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic or a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol, has a glass transition temperature between about 55°C and 140°C, and has a permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide which is less than that of polyethylene terephthalate. In preferred embodiments, the coating process is done by dip coating, spray coating, flame spraying, electrostatic spraying, dipping the polyester article to be coated in a f iuidized bed of bamer resin, or overmolding the polyester article with a melt of barrier mateπal.
In another aspect of the present invention there is provided a method for making a bamer coated polyester article. A polyester article with at least an inner surface and an outer surface is formed by injecting molten polyester through a first gate into the space defined by a first mold half and a core mold half, where the first mold half and the core mold half are cooled by circulating fluid and the first mold half contacts the outer polyester surface and the core mold half contacts the inner polyester surface. Following this, the molten polyester is allowed to remain in contact with the mold halves until a skin forms on the inner and outer polyester surfaces which surrounds a core of molten polyester. The first mold half is then removed from the polyester article, and the skin on the outer polyester surface is softened by heat transfer from the core of molten polyester, while the inner polyester surface is cooled by continued contact with the core mold half. The polyester article, still on the core mold half is then placed into a second mold half, wherein the second mold half is cooled by circulating fluid. In the coating step, the barrier layer comprising barrier material is placed on the outer polyester surface by injecting molten barrier material through a second gate into the space defined by the second mold half and the outer polyester surface to form the barrier coated polyester article. The second mold half is then removed from the barrier coated article and then the barrier coated article is removed from the core mold half. The baπier materials used in the process preferably comprise a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic or a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol. In another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an "inject-over-LIM" process for the production of a multi-layer plastic container comprising several steps. A first polymer comprising a polyester and a second polymer comprising a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol are provided, and injected through a lamellar injection system to provide a composite multi-lamellae stream having at least one discrete lamella of polyester and at least another discrete lamella of the copolyester. The composite stream is then supplied to a mold to form an initial preform having inner and outer sublayers comprising polyester and the copolyester, wherein the sublayer comprising copolyester has a permeability to air which is less than the permeability to air of the sublayer comprising polyester. Recycled polyester is then supplied over the initial preform to form an outer iayer to form a final preform. The final preform is then subjected to a blow molding operation to form a multi-layer plastic container. in another aspect of the present invention there is provided a "LIM-over-inject" process for the production of a multi-layer plastic container. In this method, polyester is supplied to a mold to form an initial preform comprising polyester. A first body of a thermoplastic polymer comprising recycled polyester and a second body of thermoplastic barrier polymer comprising (i) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol or (ii) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic are provided and injected through a lamellar injection system having a coextrusion feed block unit to provide a composite multi-lamella stream having at least one discrete lamella of recycled polyester and at least one discrete lamella of the thermoplastic baπier polymer. The composite stream is supplied over the initial preform to form a final preform wherein the composite stream comprising sublayers of recycled polyester and the thermoplastic barrier material overlays the initial preform of polyester, and the final preform is subjected to a blow molding operation to form a multi-layer plastic container.
In a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of making and coating preforms. The method begins by closing a mold comprising a stationary half and a movable half, wherein the stationary mold half comprises at least one preform molding cavity and at least one preform coating cavity and the movable mold half comprises a rotatable plate having mounted thereon a number of mandrels equal to the sum of the number of preform molding cavities and preform coating cavities. The remaining steps comprise: injecting a first material into the space defined by a mandrel and a preform molding cavity to form a preform having an inner sur ace and an outer sur ace; opening the mold; rotating the rotatable plate; closing the mold; injecting a second material into the space defined by the outer surface of the preform and the preform coating cavity to form a coated preform; opening the mold; removing the coated preform.
In further aspects of the above-described invention, the barrier materials of the present invention may further comprise Nanoparticles. The iayer of barrier material in the articles of the present invention may consist of a plurality of microiayers comprising barrier material.
Brief Description of the Drawings
Figure 1 is an uncoated preform as is used as a starting material for the present invention. Figure 2 is a cross-section of a preferred uncoated preform of the type that is barrier-coated in accordance with the present invention.
Figure 3 is a cross-section of one preferred embodiment of barrier-coated preform of the present invention. Figure 4 is a cross-section of another preferred embodiment of a barrier-coated preform of the present invention.
Figure 4A is an enlargement of a section of the wall portion of a preform such as that made by a LIM-over-inject process. Not all preforms of the type in Figure 4 made in accordance with the present invention will have this type of Iayer arrangement.
Figure 5 is a cross-section of another embodiment of a barrier-coated preform of the present invention. Figure 6 is a cross-section of a preferred preform in the cavity of a blow-molding apparatus of a type that may be used to make a preferred barrier-coated container of the present invention.
Figure 7 is one preferred embodiment of barrier-coated container of the present invention. Figure 8 is a cross-section of one preferred embodiment of barrier-coated container of the present invention. Figure 9 is a cross-section of an injection mold of a type that may be used to make a preferred barrier-coated preform of the present invention.
Figures 10 and 11 are two halves of a molding machine to make barrier-coated preforms. Figure 12 is a schematic of a lamellar injection molding (LIM) system. Figures 13 and 14 are two halves of a molding machine to make forty-eight two-layer preforms. Figure 15 is a perspective view of a schematic of a mold with mandrels partially located within the molding cavities.
Figure 16 is a perspective view of a mold with mandrels fully withdrawn from the molding cavities, prior to rotation.
Figure 17 is a three-layer embodiment of a preform.
Detailed Description of the Preferred Embodiments
A. General Description of the Invention This invention relates to plastic articles having coatings comprising one or more layers of thermoplastic material with good gas-barrier characteristics and methods of making such articles. As presently contemplated, one embodiment of barrier coated article is a bottle of the type used for beverages. Alternatively, the barrier coated articles of the present invention could take the form of jars, tubs, trays, or bottles for holding liquid foods. However, for the sake of simplicity, the present invention will be described herein primarily in the context of beverage bottles and the preforms from which they are made by blow-molding.
Furthermore, the invention is described herein specifically in relation to polyethylene terephthalate (PET) but it is applicable to many other thermoplastics of the polyester type. Examples of such other materials include polyethylene 2,6- and 1,5-naphthalate (PEN), PETG, polytetramethyiene 1,2-dioxybenzoate and copolymers of ethylene terephthalate and ethylene isophthalate, but does not include copolyesters of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol, as described elsewhere herein as a barrier material.
Preferably, the preforms and containers have the barrier coating disposed on their outer surfaces or within the wall of the container, in contrast with the technique of Slat which produces muitilayered preforms in which the layers are readiiy separated, in the present invention the thermoplastic barrier material adheres directly and strongly to the PET surface and is not easily separated therefrom. Adhesion between the layers results without the use of any additional materials such as an adhesive material or a tie iayer. The coated preforms are processed, preferably by stretch blow molding to form bottles using methods and conditions similar to those used for uncoated PET preforms. The containers which result are strong, resistant to creep, and cosmeticaliy appealing as well as having good gas-barrier properties.
As explained in greater detail below, one or more layers of a barrier material are employed in carrying out the present invention. As used herein, the terms "barrier material", "barrier resin" and the like refer to materials which, when used to form articles, have key physical properties similar to PET, adhere well to PET, and have a lower permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide than PET.
A number of barrier materials having the requisite low permeability to gases such as oxygen and carbon dioxide are useful in the present invention, the choice of barrier material being partly dependent upon the mode or application as described below. Preferred barrier materials for use in barrier coatings in the present invention fall into two major categories: (1) copolyesters of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol, such as those disclosed in the aforementioned patent to Jabarin, and that which is commercially available as B 010 (Mitsui Petrochemical Ind. Ltd., Japan); and (2) hydroxy-functioπal poly(amide-ethers) such as those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,089,588 and 5,143,998, poly(hydroxy amide ethers) such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,134,218, poiyethers such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,115,075 and 5,218,075, hydroxy-functional poiyethers such as those as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,164,472, hydroxy-functional poly(ether suifonamides) such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,149,768, poly(hydroxy ester ethers) such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,171,820, hydroxy-phenoxyether polymers such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,814,373, and poly(hydroxyamino ethers) ("PHAE") such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,275,853. The barrier materials described in (1) above are referred to herein by the term "Copolyester Barrier Materials". The compounds described in the patents in (2) above are collectively categorized and referred to herein by the term "Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic" materials. All the patents referenced in this paragraph are hereby incorporated in their entireties into this disclosure by this reference thereto.
Preferred Copolyester Barrier Materials have FDA approval. FDA approval allows for these materials to be used in containers where they are in contact with beverages and the like which are intended for human consumption. To the inventor's knowledge, none of the Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics have FDA approval as of the date of this disclosure. Thus, these materials are preferably used in multi-layered containers in locations which do not directly contact the contents, if the contents are ingestible.
In carrying out preferred methods of the present invention to form barrier coated preforms and bottles, an initial preform is prepared or obtained and then coatecTwith at least one additional Iayer of material comprising barrier material, polyesters such as PET, post-consumer or recycled PET (collectively recycled PET), and/or other compatible thermoplastic materials. A coating Iayer may comprise a single material, a mix or blend of materials (heterogeneous or homogeneous), an interwoven matrix of two or more materials, or a plurality of microlayers (lamellae) comprised of at least two different materials. In one embodiment, the initial preform comprises a plurality of microlayers, such as may be prepared by a iameliar injection molding process. Initial preforms comprise polyester, and it is especially preferred that initial preforms comprise virgin materials which are approved by the FDA for being in contact with foodstuffs. Thus the preforms and containers of the present invention may exist in several embodiments, such as: virgin PET coated with a Iayer of barrier material; virgin PET coated with a layer of material comprising alternating microlayers of barrier material and recycled PET; virgin PET coated with a barrier Iayer which is in turn coated with recycled PET; microlayers of virgin PET and a barrier material coated with a Iayer of recycled PET; or virgin PET coated with recycled PET which is then coated with barrier material, in any case, at least one layer must comprise at least one barrier material. Various embodiments of preforms and bottles of the present invention are all advantageous in that they enable the use of an initial preform which can be made as a structurally-sound unit. Thus, in commercial operations the initial preforms can be prepared using mass manufacturing techniques, stored for periods ranging from hours to months, and then subsequently subjected to the application of one or more layers of barrier and/or recycled polyethylene terephthalate to form the final preform which can be immediately subjected to a blow molding operation or, like the initial preform, stored for long periods of time before the final blow molding operation is carried out.
In one preferred embodiment of the present invention, the preforms are molded and then immediately barrier coated using a single piece of equipment.
As described previously, preferred barrier materials for use in accordance with the present invention are Copoiyester Barrier Materials and Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics. Other barrier materials having similar properties may be used in lieu of these barrier materials. For example, the-barrier material may take the form of other thermoplastic polymers, such as acrylic resins including polyacryionitriie polymers and acrylonitrile styreπe copolymers. Preferred barrier materials of the present invention have oxygen and carbon dioxide permeabilities which are less than one-third those of polyethylene terephthalate. For example, the Copolyester Barrier Materials of the type disclosed in the aforementioned patent to Jabarin will exhibit a permeability to oxygen of about 11 cc mil/100 in2 day and a permeability to carbon dioxide of about 2 cc mil/100 in2 day. For certain PHAEs, the permeability to oxygen is less than 1 cc mil/100 in2 day and the permeability to carbon dioxide is 3.9 cc mil/100 in2 day. The corresponding C02 permeability of polyethylene terephthalate, whether in the recycled or virgin form, is about 12-20 cc mil/100 in2 day.
The methods of the present invention provide for a coating to be placed on a preform which is later blown into a bottle. Such methods are preferable to placing coatings on the bottles themselves. Preforms are smaller in size and of a more regular shape than the containers blown therefrom, making it simpler to obtain an even and regular coating. Furthermore, bottles and containers of varying shapes and sizes can be made from preforms of similar size and shape. Thus, the same equipment and processing can be used to produce preforms to form several different kinds of containers. The blow-molding may take place soon after molding, or preforms may be made and stored for later blow-molding. If the preforms are stored prior to blow-molding, their smaller size allows them to take up less space in storage.
Even though it is preferable to form containers from coated preforms as opposed to coating containers themselves, they have generally not been used because of the difficulties involved in making containers from coated or multi-layer preforms. One step where the greatest difficulties arise is during the blow-molding process to form the container from the preform. During this process, defects such as deiamination of the layers, cracking or crazing of the coating, uneven coating thickness, and discontinuous coating or voids can result. These difficulties can be overcome by using suitable barrier materials and coating the preforms in a manner that allows for good adhesion between the layers. Thus, one key to the present invention is the choice of a suitable barrier material. When a suitable baπier material is used, the coating sticks directly to the preform without any significant deiamination, and will continue to stick as the preform is blow-molded into a bottle and afterwards. Use of a suitable barrier material also helps to decrease the incidence of cosmetic and structural defects which can result from blow-molding containers as described above.
It should be noted that although most of the discussion, drawings, and examples of making coated preforms deal with two layer preforms, such discussion is not intended to limit the present invention to two iayer articles. The two layer barrier containers and preforms of the present invention are suitable for many uses and are cost-effective because of the economy of materials and processing steps. However, in some circumstances and for some applications, preforms consisting of more than two layers may be desired. Use of three or more layers allows for incorporation of materials such as recycled PET, which is generally less expensive than virgin PET or the preferred barrier materials. Thus, it is contemplated as part of the present invention that all of the methods for producing the barrier-coated preforms of the present invention which are disclosed herein and all other suitable methods for making such preforms may be used, either atone or in combination to produce barrier-coated preforms and containers comprised of two or more layers.
B. Detailed Description of the Drawings Referring to Figure 1, a preferred uncoated preform 1 is depicted. The preform is preferably made of an FDA approved material such as virgin PET and can be of any of a wide variety of shapes and sizes. The preform shown in Figure 1 is of the type which will form a 16 oz. carbonated beverage bottle that requires an oxygen and carbon dioxide barrier, but as will be understood by those skilled in the art, other preform configurations can be used depending upon the desired configuration, characteristics and use of the final article. Preferably, the preforms are made by injection molding as is known in the art.
Referring to Figure 2, a cross-section of the preferred uncoated preform 1 of Figure 1 is depicted. The uncoated preform 1 has a neck portion 2 and a body portion 4. The neck portion 2 begins at the opening 18 to the interior of the preform and extends to and includes the support ring 6. The neck portion 2 is further characterized by the presence of the threads 8 which provide a means for fastening a cap for the bottle produced from the preform 1. The body portion 4 is an elongated and cylindrically shaped structure extending down from the neck portion 2 and culminating in the rounded end cap 10. The preform thickness 12 will depend upon the overall length of the preform and the wall thickness and overall size of the resulting container.
Referring to Figure 3, a cross-section of one type of barrier-coated preform 20 of the present invention is disclosed. The barrier-coated preform 20 has a neck portion 2 and a body portion 4 as in the uncoated preform 1 in Figs. 1 and 2. The barrier coating iayer 22 is disposed about the entire surface of the body portion 4, terminating at the bottom of the support ring 6. The barrier coating Iayer 22 does not extend to the neck portion 2, nor is it present on the interior surface of the preform 16 which is preferably made of an FDA approved material such as PET. The barrier coating Iayer 22 may comprise either a single material or several microlayers of at least two materials, as is made using a LIM process as described below. The thickness of the overall preform 26 is equal to the thickness of the initial preform plus the thickness of the barrier iayer 24, and is dependent upon the overall size and desired coating thickness of the resulting container. By way of example, the wail of the bottom portion of the preform may have a thickness of 3.2 millimeters; the wall of the neck finish, a cross-sectional dimension of about 3 millimeters; and the barrier material applied to a thickness of about 0.3 millimeters.
Referring to Figure 4, preferred embodiment of coated preform 21 is shown in cross-section. The primary difference between the coated preform 21 and the coated preform 20 in Figure 3 is the relative thickness of the two layers in the area of the end cap 10. In coated preform 20 in Figure 3 the barrier iayer is generally thinner than the thickness of the initial preform throughout the entire body portion of the preform. In coated preform 21, however, the barrier coating Iayer 22 is thicker at 29 near the end cap 10 than it is at 25 in the wail portion 3, and conversely, the thickness of the inner polyester Iayer is greater at 23 in the wail portion 3 than it is at 27, in the region of the end cap 10. This preform design is especially useful when the barrier coating is applied to the initial preform in an overmolding process to make the coated preform, as described below, where it presents certain advantages including that relating to reducing molding cycle time. The barrier coating Iayer 22 may be homogeneous or it may be comprised of a plurality of microlayers, as is shown in Figure 4A.
Figure 4A is an enlargement of a wail section of the preform showing the makeup of the layers in a LIM over inject embodiment of preform. The Iayer 110 is the inner Iayer of the preform and 112 is the outer Iayer of the preform. The outer layer 112 comprises a plurality of microlayers of material as will be made when a LIM system is used. Not all preforms of Figure 4 will be of this type.
Referring to Figure 5, another embodiment of coated preform 31 is shown in cross-section. The primary difference between the coated preform 31 and the coated preforms 20 and 21 in Figures 3 and 4, respectively, is that the barrier coating Iayer 22 is disposed on the neck portion 2 as well as the body portion 4. The barrier preforms and containers of the present invention can have layers which have a wide variety of relative thicknesses. In view of the present disclosure, the thickness of a given Iayer and of the overall preform or container, whether at a given point or over the entire container, can be chosen to fit a coating process or a particular end use for the container. Furthermore, as discussed above in regard to the barrier coating layer in Figure 3, the barrier coating Iayer in the preform and container embodiments disclosed herein may comprise a single material or several microlayers of two or more materials. After a barrier-coated preform, such as that depicted in Figure 3, is prepared by a method such as those discussed in detail below, it is subjected to a stretch blow-molding process. Referring to Figure 6, in this process a barrier- coated preform 20 is placed in a mold 28 having a cavity corresponding to the desired container shape. The barrier-coated preform is then heated and expanded by stretching and by air forced into the interior of the preform 20 to fill the cavity within the mold 28, creating a barrier-coated container. The blow molding operation normally is restricted to the body, portion 4 of the preform with the neck portion 2 including the threads, pilfer ring, and support ring retaining the original configuration as in the preform.
Referring to Figure 7, there is disclosed an embodiment of barrier coated container 40 in accordance with the present invention, such as that which might be made from blow molding the barrier coated preform 20 of Figure 3. The container 40 has a neck portion 2 and a body portion 4 corresponding to the neck and body portions of the barrier-coated preform 20 of Figure 3. The neck portion 2 is further characterized by the presence of the threads 8 which provide a means for fastening a cap onto the container.
When the barrier-coated container 40 is viewed in cross-section, as in Figure 8, the construction can be seen. The barrier coating 42 covers the exterior of the entire body portion 4 of the container 40, stopping just below the support ring 6. The interior surface 50 of the container, which is made of an FDA-approved material, preferably PET, remains uncoated so that only the interior surface is in contact with beverages or foodstuff . In one preferred embodiment that is used as a carbonated beverage container, the thickness of the barrier coating is preferably 0.020 0.060 inch, more preferably 0.030 0.040 inch; the thickness of the PET iayer 46 is preferably 0.080-0.160 inch, more preferably 0.100- 0.140 inch; and the overall wall thickness 48 of the barrier-coated container 40 is preferably 0.140 0.180 inch, more preferably 0.150-0.170 inch. Preferably, on average, the overall wall thickness 48 of the container 40 derives the majority of its thickness from the inner PET iayer.
Figure 9 illustrates a preferred type of mold for use in methods which utilize overmolding. The mold comprises two halves, a cavity half 52 and a mandrel half 54. The cavity half 52 comprises a cavity in which an uncoated preform is placed. The preform is held in place between the mandrel half 54, which exerts pressure on the top of the preform and the ledge 58 of the cavity half 52 on which the support ring 6 rests. The neck portion of the preform is thus sealed off from the body portion of the preform. Inside the preform is the mandrel 96. As the preform sfts in the mold, the body portion of the preform is completely surrounded by a void space 60. The preform, thus positioned, acts as an interior die mandrel in the subsequent injection procedure, in which the melt of the overmolding material is injected through the gate 56 into the void space 60 to form the coating. The melt, as well as the uncoated preform, is cooled by fluid circulating within channels 55 and 57 in the two halves of the mold. Preferably the circulation in channels 55 is completely separate from the circulation in the channels 57.
Figures 10 and 11 are a schematic of a portion of the preferred type of apparatus to make coated preforms in accordance with the present invention. The apparatus is an injection molding system designed to make one or more uncoated preforms and subsequently coat the newly-made preforms by over-injection of a barrier material. Figures 10 and 11 illustrate the two halves of the mold portion of the apparatus which will be in opposition in the molding machine. The alignment pegs 94 in Figure 11 fit into their corresponding receptacles 95 in the other half of the moid. The mold half depicted in Figure 11 has several pairs of mold cavities, each cavity being similar to the moid cavity depicted in Figure 9. The mold cavities are of two types: first injection preform molding cavities 98 and second injection preform coating cavities 100. The two types of cavities are equal in number and are preferably arranged so that all cavities of one type are on the same side of the injection block 101 as bisected by the line between the alignment peg receptacles 95. This way, every preform molding cavity 98 is 180 away from a preform coating cavity 100. The mold half depicted in Figure 10 has several mandrels 96, one for each mold cavity (98 and 100). When the two haives which are Figures 10 and 11 are put together, a mandrel 96 fits inside each cavity and serves as the mold for the interior of the preform for the preform molding cavities 98 and as a centering device for the uncoated preforms in preform coating cavities 100, filling what becomes the interior space of the preform after it is molded. The mandrels are mounted on a turntable 102 which rotates 180 about its center so that a mandrel originally positioned over a preform molding cavity 98 will, after rotation, be positioned over a preform coating cavity 100, and vice-versa. As described in greater detail below, this type of setup allows a preform to be molded and then coated in a two-step process using the same piece of equipment.
It should be noted that the drawings in Figures 10 and 11 are merely illustrative. For instance, the drawings depict an apparatus having three molding cavities 98 and three coating cavities 100 (a 3/3 cavity machine). However, the machines may have any number of cavities, as long as there are equal numbers of molding and coating cavities, for example 12/12, 24/24, 48/48 and the like. The cavities may be arranged in any suitable manner, as can be determined by one skilled in the art. These and other minor alterations are contemplated as part of this invention.
Referring to Figure 12, there is shown a schematic of an apparatus which may be used to produce a meitstream comprised of numerous microlayers or lamellae in a lamellar injection molding (LIM) process as described in further detail below.
The two mold halves depicted in Figures 13 and 14 illustrate an embodiment of a mold of a 48/48 cavity machine as discussed for Figures 10 and 11.
Referring to Figure 15 there is shown a perspective view of a moid of the type for an overmolding (inject-over- inject) process., in which the mandrels 96 are partially located within the cavities 98 and 100. The arrow shows the movement of the movable mold half, on which the mandrels 96 lie, as the mold closes.
Figure 16 shows a perspective view of a mold of the type used in an overmolding process, wherein the mandrels 96 are fully withdrawn from the cavities 98 and 100. The arrow indicates that the turntable 102 rotates 180 to move the mandrels 96 from one cavity to the next. Also shown are schematics depicting the cooling means for the mold haives. On the stationary half, the cooling for the preform molding cavity 106 is separate from the cooling for the preform coating cavity 108. Both of these are separate from the cooling for the mandrels 104 in the movable half.
Referring to Figure 17 there is shown a preferred three-layer preform of the present invention. This embodiment of coated preform is preferably made by placing two coating layers 80 and 82 on a preform such as that shown in Figure 1.
C. Physical Characteristics of Preferred Barrier Materials
Preferred barrier materials in accordance with the present invention preferably exhibit several physical characteristics which allow for the barrier coated bottles and articles of the present invention to be able to withstand processing and physical stresses in a manner similar or superior to that of uncoated PET articles, in addition to producing articles which are cosmetically appealing and have excellent barrier properties. Adhesion is the union or sticking together of two surfaces. The actual iπterfaciai adhesion is a phenomenon which occurs at the microscopic level. It is based upon molecular interactions and depends upon chemical bonding, van der Waals forces and other intermolecular attractive forces at the molecular level.
Good adhesion between the barrier iayer and the PET iayer is especially important when the article is a barrier bottle made by blow-molding a preform. If the materials adhere well, then they will act as one unit when they are subjected to a blow molding process and as they are subjected to stresses when existing in the form of a container. Where the adhesion is poor, deiamination results either over time or under physical stress such as squeezing the container or the container jostling during shipment. Deiamination is not only unattractive from a commercial standpoint, it may be evidence of a lack of structural integrity of the container. Furthermore, good adhesion means that the layers will stay in close contact when the container is expanded during the molding process and will move as one unit. When the two materials act in such a manner, it is less likely that there will be voids in the coating, thus allowing a thinner coating to be applied. The barrier materials of the present invention preferably adhere sufficiently to PET such that the barrier Iayer cannot be easily pulled apart from the PET Iayer at 22°C.
Thus, due in part to the direct adhesion of the barrier iayer to the PET, the present invention differs from that disclosed by Farha in U.S. Patent No. 5,472,753. In Farha, there is not disclosed, nor is the suggestion made, that the phenoxy-type thermoplastic can or should be bound directly to the PET without being blended with the copolyester or using the copolyester as a tie Iayer or that a copolyester itself could be used as a barrier material.
The glass transition temperature (Tg) is defined as the temperature at which a noπ-crystallizabie polymer undergoes the transformation from a soft rubber state to a hard elastic polymer glass. In a range of temperatures above its Tg, a material will become soft enough to allow it to flow readily when subjected to an external force or pressure, yet not so soft that its viscosity is so low that it acts more like a -liquid than a pliable solid. The temperature range above Tg is the preferred temperature range for performing a blow-molding process, as the material is soft enough to flow under the force of the air blown into the preform to fit the mold but not so soft that it breaks up or becomes uneven in texture. Thus, when materials have similar glass transition temperatures, they will have similar preferred blowing temperature ranges, allowing the materials to be processed together without compromising the performance of either material. In the blow-molding process to produce bottle from a preform, as is known in the art, the preform is heated to a temperature slightly above the Tg of the preform material so that when air is forced into the preform's interior, it will be able to flow to fill the moid in which it is placed. If one does not sufficiently heat the preform and uses a temperature below the Tg, the preform material will be too hard to flow properly, and would likely crack, craze, or not expand to fill the mold. Conversely, if one heats the preform to a temperature well above the Tg, the material would likely become so soft that it would not be able to hold its shape and would process improperly. if a barrier coating material has a Tg similar to that of PET, it will have a blowing temperature range similar to
PET. Thus, if a PET preform is coated with such a barrier material, a blowing temperature can be chosen that allows both materials to be processed within their preferred blowing temperature ranges. If the barrier coating were to have a Tg dissimilar to that of PET, it would be difficult, if not impossible, to choose a blowing temperature suitable for both materials. When the barrier coating materials have a Tg similar to PET, the coated preform behaves during blow molding as if it were made of one material, expanding smoothly and creating a cosmeticaily appealing container with an even thickness and uniform coating of the barrier material where it is applied.
The glass transition temperature of PET occurs in a window of about 75-85°C, depending upon how the PET has been processed previously. The Tg for preferred barrier materials of the present invention is preferably 55 to 140°C, more preferably 90 to 110°C. Another factor which has an impact on the performance of barrier preforms during blow molding is the state of the material. The preferred barrier materials of the present invention are amorphous rather than crystalline. This is because materials in an amorphous state are easier to form into bottles and containers by use of a blow molding process than materials in a crystalline state. PET can exist in both crystalline and amorphous forms. However, in the present invention it is highly preferred that the PET exist in the amorphous form in order to, among other things, aid in the blow molding process. A PET article formed from a melt of PET, as in injection molding, can be guided into the amorphous form by cooling the melt at a high rate, fast enough to quench the crystallization process and trap the amorphous state.
Intrinsic viscosity and melt index are two properties which are related to a polymer's molecular weight. These properties give an indication as to how materials will act under various processing conditions, such as injection molding and blow molding processes. Barrier materials for use in the articles and methods of the present invention have an intrinsic viscosity of preferably 0.70-0.90 dl/g, more preferably 0.74-0.87 dl/g, most preferably 0.84-0.85 dl/g and a melt index of preferably 5- 30, more preferably 7-12, most preferably 10.
Barrier materials of the present invention preferably have tensile strength and creep resistance similar to PET. Similarity in these physical properties allows the barrier coating to act as more than simply a gas barrier. A barrier coating having physical properties similar to PET acts as a structural component of the container, allowing the barrier material to displace some of the polyethylene terephthalate in the container without sacrificing container performance. Displacement of PET allows for the resulting barrier-coated containers to have physical performance and characteristics similar to their uncoated counterparts without a substantial change in weight or size. It also allows for any additional cost from adding the barrier material to be defrayed by a reduction in the cost per container attributed to PET. Similarity in tensile strength between PET and the barrier coating materials helps the container to have structural integrity. This is especially important if some PET is displaced by baπier material. Barrier-coated bottles and containers of the present invention are able to withstand the same physical forces as an uncoated container, allowing, for example, barrier-coated containers to be shipped and handled in the customary manner of handling uncoated PET containers. If the barrier-coating material were to have a tensile strength substantially lower than that of PET, a container having some PET displaced by barrier material would likely not be able to withstand the same forces as an uncoated container.
Similarity in creep resistance between PET and the barrier coating materials helps the container to retain its shape. Creep resistance relates to the ability of ^material to resist changing its shape in response to an applied force. For example, a bottle which holds a carbonated liquid needs to be able to resist the pressure of dissolved gas pushing outward and retain its original shape. If the barrier coating material were to have a substantially lower resistance to creep than PET in a container wherein the resulting container would be more likely to deform over time, reducing the shelf-life of the product.
For applications where optical clarity is of importance, preferred barrier materials have an index of refraction similar to that of PET.
When the refractive index of the PET and the barrier coating material are similar, the preforms and, more perhaps importantly, the blown therefrom are optically clear and, thus, cosmeticaily appealing for use as a beverage container where clarity of the bottle is frequently desired. If, however, the two materials have substantially dissimilar refractive indices when they are placed in contact with each other the resulting combination will have visual distortions and may be cloudy or opaque, depending upon the degree of difference in the refractive indices of the materials.
Polyethylene terephthalate has an index of refraction for visible light within the range of about 1.40 to 1.75, depending upon its physical configuration. When made into preforms, the refractive index is preferably within the range of about 1.55 to 1.75, and more preferably in the range of 1.55-1.65. After the preform is made into a bottle, the walls of the final product, which may be characterized as a biaxially-oriented film since it is subject to both hoop and axial stresses in the blow molding operation, polyethylene terephthalate generally exhibits a refractive index within the range of about 1.40 to 1.75, usually about 1.55 to 1.75, depending upon the stretch ratio involved in the blow molding operation. For relatively low stretch ratios of about 6:1, the refractive index will be near the lower end, whereas for high stretch ratios, about 10:1, the refractive index will be near the upper end of the aforementioned range. It will be recognized that the stretch ratios referred to herein are biaxial stretch ratios resulting from and include the product of the hoop stretch ratio and the axial stretch ratio. For example, in a blow molding operation in which the final preform is enlarged by a factor of 2.5 in the axial direction and a factor of 3.5 diametrically, the stretch ratio will be about 8.75 (2.5 x 3.5). Using the designation π, to indicate the refractive index for PET and n„ to indicate the refractive index for the barrier material, the ratio between the values n, and n„ is preferably 0.8-1.3, more preferably 1.0-1.2, most preferably 1.0- 1.1. As will be recognized by those skilled in the art, for the ratio t- \ the distortion due to refractive index will be at a minimum, because the two indices are identical. As the ratio progressively varies from one, however, the distortion increases progressively.
D. Preferred Baπier Coating Materials and Their Preparation The preferred barrier coating materials for use in the articles and methods of the present invention are Phenoxy- type Thermoplastic materials and copolyesters of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol (Copolyester Barrier Materials). Preferably, the Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics used as barrier materials in the present invention are one of the following types:
(1) hydroxy-functional poly(amide ethers) having repeating units represented by any one of the Formulae la, lb or lc:
Figure imgf000017_0001
OH O O OH
-OCH2C ICH2OAr C iiNH R ,1 NH ICIAr OCH2C ICH2OA ,r2- lb
R R or
Figure imgf000017_0002
(2) poly(hydroxy amide ethers) having repeating units represented independently by any one of the Formulae Ha, lib or He:
Ila
Figure imgf000017_0003
OH
-OCH2CCH2OAr CNH- -NHCAr- lib
or
OH
A OCH2CCH2OArCNHAr t- > lie
(3) amide- and hydroxymethyl-functionalized poiyethers having repeating units represented by Formula III:
Figure imgf000018_0001
(4) hydroxy-functional poiyethers having repeating units represented by Formula IV:
Figure imgf000018_0002
(5) hydroxy-functional polγ(ether sulfonamides) having repeating units represented by Formulae Va or Vb:
Va
Figure imgf000018_0003
OH OH
-OCH2CCH2 N CH2CCH2OAr— I- Vb
R 0=S=0 R
(6) poiy(hydroxy ester ethers) having repeating units represented by Formula VI:
Figure imgf000018_0004
(7) hydroxy-phenoxyether polymers having repeating units represented by Formula '
OH OH
-OCH2CCH2 X CFT2CCH20 Ar3-*— VI1
R R
and
(8) poly(hydroxyamιπo ethers) having repeating units represented by Formula VIII:
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein each Ar individually represents a divalent aromatic moiety, substituted divalent aromatic moiety or heteroaromatic moiety, or a combination of different divalent aromatic moieties, substituted aromatic moieties or heteroaromatic moieties; R is individually hydrogen or a monovalent hydrocarbyl moiety; each Ar, is a divalent aromatic moiety or combination of divalent aromatic moieties bearing amide or hydroxymethyl groups; each Ar2 is the same or different than Ar and is individually a divalent aromatic moiety, substituted aromatic moiety or heteroaromatic moiety or a combination of different divalent aromatic moieties, substituted aromatic moieties or heteroaromatic moieties; R, is individually a predominantly hydrocarbylene moiety, such as a divalent aromatic moiety, substituted divalent aromatic moiety, divalent heteroaromatic moiety, divalent alkylene moiety, divalent substituted alkylene moiety or divalent heteroalkylene moiety or a combination of such moieties; R2 is individually a monovalent hydrocarbyl moiety; A is an amine moiety or a combination of different amine moieties; X is an amine, an arylenedioxy, an arylenedisulfoπamido or an arylenedicarboxy moiety or combination of such moieties; and Ar3 is a "cardo" moiety represented by any one of the Formulae:
Figure imgf000019_0002
wherein Y is nil, a covalent bond, or a linking group, wherein suitable linking groups include, for example, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl atom, a sulfonyl group, or a methylene group or similar linkage; n is an integer from about 10 to about 1000; x is 0.01 to 1.0; and y is 0 to 0.5.
The term "predominantly hydrocarbylene" means a divalent radical that is predominantly hydrocarbon, but which optionally contains a small quantity of a heteroatomic moiety such as oxygen, sulfur, imino, sulfonyl, sulfoxyl, and the like.
The hydroxy-functional poly(amide ethers) represented by Formula I are preferably prepared by contacting an N,N'-bis(hydroxyphenylamido)alkane or arene with a digiycidyl ether as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,089,588 and
5,143,998.
The polyfhydroxy amide ethers) represented by Formula II are prepared by contacting a bis(hydroxyphenylamido)alkane or arene, or f combination of 2 or more of these compounds, such as N,N'-bis(3-hydroxyphenyl) adipamide or N,N'-bis(3-hydroxyphenyl)glutaramide, with an epihalohydrin as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,134,218.
The amide- and hydroxymethyl-f unctionalized poiyethers represented by Formula ill can be prepared, for example, by reacting the digiycidyl ethers, such as the digiycidyl ether of bisphenoi A, with a dihydric phenol having pendant amido,
N-substituted amido and/or hydroxyaikyl moieties, such as 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)acetamide and
3,5-dihydroxybenzamide. These poiyethers and their preparation are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,115,075 and 5,218,075.
The hydroxy-functional poiyethers represented by Formula IV can be prepared, for example, by allowing a digiycidyl ether or combination of digiycidyl ethers to react with a dihydric phenol or a combination of dihydric phenols using the process described in U.S. Patent No. 5,164,472. Alternatively, the hydroxy-functional poiyethers are obtained by allowing a dihydric phenol or combination of dihydric phenols to react with an epihalohydrin by the process described by Reinking, Barπabeo and Hale in the Journal of Applied Polymer Science, Vol.7, p.2135 (1963).
The hydroxy-functional poly(ether sulfonamides) represented by Formula V are prepared, for example, by polymerizing an N,N'-dialkyl or N,N'-diaryldisulfoπamide with a digiycidyl ether as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,149,768. The polyfhydroxy ester ethers) represented by Formula VI are prepared by reacting digiycidyl ethers of aliphatic or aromatic diacids, such as digiycidyl terephthalate, or digiycidyl ethers of dihydric phenols with, aliphatic or aromatic diacids such as adipic acid or isophthaiic acid. These polyesters are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,171,820.
The hydroxy-phenoxyether polymers represented by Formula VII are prepared, for example, by contacting at least one dinucleophilic monomer with at least one digiycidyl ether of a cardo bisphenoi, such as 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyi)fluorene, phenolphthalein, or phenolphthalimidiπe or a substituted cardo bisphenoi, such as a substituted bis(hydroxyphenyi)fiuorene, a substituted phenolphthalein or a substituted phenolphthaiimidine under conditions sufficient to cause the nucleophiiic moieties of the dinucleophϋtc monomer to react with epoxy moieties to form a polymer backbone containing pendant hydroxy moieties and ether, imino, amino, suifonamido or ester linkages. These hydroxy-phenoxyether polymers are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,184,373.
The poiyfhydroxyamino ethers) ("PHAE" or polyetheramines) represented by Formula VIII are prepared by contacting one or more of the digiycidyl ethers of a dihydric phenol with an amine having two amine hydrogens under conditions sufficient to cause the amine moieties to react with epoxy moieties to form a polymer backbone having amine linkages, ether linkages and pendant hydroxyi moieties. These compounds are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,275,853. Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics of Formulae l-VIII may be acquired from Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Michigan U.S.A.).
The Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics commercially available from Phenoxy Associates, inc. are suitable for use in the present invention. These hydroxy-phenoxyether polymers are the condensation reaction products of a dihydric poiynuclear phenol, such as bisphenoi A, and an epihalohydrin and have the repeating units represented by Formula IV wherein Ar is an isopropylidene diphenylene moiety. The process for preparing these is described in U.S. Patent No.
3,305,528, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
The most preferred Phenoxy-type Thermoplastics are the poly(hydroxyamiπo ethers) ("PHAE") represented by Formula VIII. An example is that sold as XU19040.00L by Dow Chemical Company. Examples of preferred Copolyester Baπier Materials and a process for their preparation is described in U.S.
Patent No.4,578,295 to Jabarin. They are generally prepared by heating a mixture of at least one reactaπt selected from isophthaiic acid, terephthalic acid and their C, to C4 alky I esters with 1,3 bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzene and ethylene glycol. Optionally, the mixture may further comprise one or more ester-forming dihydroxy hydrocarbon and/or bis(4-β- hydroxyethoxyphenyDsulfone. The most preferred Copolyester Barrier Materials are those which are made from mixtures comprising both terephthalic acid and isophthaiic acid. An especially preferred Copolyester Barrier Material is available as B-010 from Mitsui Petrochemical Ind. Ltd. (Japan).
E. Preparation of Polyesters Polyesters and methods for their preparation (including the specific monomers employed in their formation, their proportions, polymerization temperatures, catalysts and other conditions) are well-known in the art and reference is made thereto for the purposes of this invention. For purposes of illustration and not limitation, reference is particularly made to pages 1-62 of Volume 12 of the Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, 1988 revision, John Wiley & Sons.
Typically, polyesters are derived from the reaction of a di- or polycarboxylic acid with a di- or polyhydric alcohol. Suitable di- or polycarboxylic acids include polycarboxylic acids and the esters and anthydrides of such acids, and mixture thereof. Representative carboxyiic acids include phthalic, isophthaiic, adipic azeiaic, terephthalic, oxalic, malonic, succinic, glutaric, sebacic, and the like. Dicarboxyiic components are preferred. Terephthalic acid is most commonly employed and preferred in the preparation of polyester films. α,β-Unsaturated di- and polycarboxylic acids (including esters or anthydrides of such acids and mixtures thereof) can be used as partial replacement for the saturated carboxyiic components. Representative α,β-unsaturated di- and polycarboxylic acids include maleic, fumaric, aconitic, itaconic, mesaconic, citraconic, monochloromaleic and the like.
Typical di- and polyhydric alcohols used to prepare the polyester are those alcohols having at least two hydroxy groups, although minor amounts of alcohol having more or less hydroxy groups may be used. Dihydroxy alcohols are preferred. Dihydroxy alcohols conventionally employed in the preparation of polyesters include diethγlene glycol; dipropylene glycol; ethylene glycol; 1,2-propylene glycol; 1,4-butanediol; 1,4-pentanediol; 1,5-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol and the like with 1,2-propylene glycol being preferred. Mixtures of the alcohols can also be employed. The di- or polyhydric alcohol component of the polyester is usually stoichiometric or in slight excess with respect to the acid. The excess of the di- or polyhydric alcohol will seldom exceed about 20 to 25 mole percent and usually is between about 2 and about 10 mole percent. The polyester is generally prepared by heating a mixture of the di- or polyhydric alcohol and the di- or polycarboxylic component in their proper molar ratios at elevated temperatures, usually between about 100°C and 250°C for extended periods of time, generally ranging from 5 to 15 hours. Polymerization inhibitors such as t-butyicatechol may advantageously be used.
PET, the preferred polyester, may be purchased from Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Michigan), and Allied Signal IncfBaton Rouge, LA), among others.
F. Materials to Enhance Barrier Properties of Barrier Resins The baπier materials disclosed above may be used in combination with other materials which enhance the baπier properties. Generally speaking, one cause for the diffusion of gases through a material is the existence of gaps or holes in the material at the molecular level through which the gas molecules can pass. The presence of intermolecular forces in a material, such as hydrogen bonding, allows for interchain cohesion in the matrix which closes these gaps and discourages diffusion of gases. One may also increase the gas-barrier ability of good barrier materials by adding an additional molecule or substance which takes advantage of such intermolecular forces and acts as a bridge between polymer chains in the matrix, thus helping to close the holes in the matrix and reduce gas diffusion.
Derivatives of resorcinol (m-dihydroxybenzene), when reacted with other monomers in the manufacture of PHAE, PET, Copolyester Barrier Materials, and other barrier materials, will generally result in a material which has better barrier properties than the same material if it does not contain the resorcinol derivative. For example, resorcinol digiycidyl ether can be used in PHAE and hydroxyethyl ether resorcinol can be used in PET and other polyesters and Copolyester Barrier Materials.
One measure of the efficacy of a barrier is the effect that it has upon the shelf life of the material. The shelf life of a carbonated soft drink in a 32 oz PET non-barrier bottle is approximately 12-16 weeks. Shelf life is determined as the time at which less than 85% of the original amount of carbon dioxide is remaining in the bottle. Bottles coated with PHAE using the inject-over-inject method described below have been found to have a shelf life 2 to 3 times greater than that of PET alone. If, however, PHAE with resorcinol digiycidyl ether is used, the shelf life can be increased to 4 to 5 times that of PET alone. Another way of enhancing the barrier properties of~a material is to add a substance which "plugs" the holes in the polymer matrix and thus discourages gases from passing through the matrix. Alternatively, a substance may aid in creating a more tortuous path for gas molecules to take as they permeate a material. One such substance, referred to herein by the term "Nanoparticles" or "nanoparticular material" are tiny particles of materials which enhance the barrier properties of a material by creating a more tortuous path for migrating oxygen or carbon dioxide. One preferred type of nanoparticular material is a microparticuiar clay-based product available from Southern Clay Products. G. Methods of Preparing Barrier-Coated Articles Once a suitable barrier coating material is chosen, the coated preform must be made in a manner that promotes adhesion between the two materials. Generally, adherence between the barrier coating materials and PET increases as the surface temperature of the PET increases. Therefore, it is preferable to perform coating on heated preforms, although the preferred barrier materials of the present invention will adhere to PET at room temperature.
1. Dip Coating One preferred method of producing a coated PET preform in accordance with the present invention is to dip coat the PET preform in a resin-containing solvent bath. The dipping of the preforms into the resin-containing bath can be done manually by the use of a retaining rack or the like, or it may be done by a fully automated process which may include the blow-molding process at the end.
The bath contains a solution made from one or more solvents into which the resin of the barrier material is dissolved and/or suspended. The term "solution" as used herein refers to end result of mixing solvent(s) and resin, whether the resulting combination is in solution, suspension, or some combination thereof. The resin may be used in any form, but as with most all materials, smaller sized particles go into solution faster than larger ones. If the barrier material is not very soluble in a given solvent, adding the resin as a powder will help create a more uniform suspension. A wide variety of solvents may be used, as well as solvent systems made of combinations of solvents. Preferred solvents include dimethyiformamide (DMF), ethanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), methylene chloride, water, acetone, benzene, toluene, Dowanol DPM, Dowanol PPH, and Dowanol PM, and mixtures thereof. Factors which influence the selection of solvent or solvent system include polarity, reactivity, solubility, boiling point, vapor pressure, and flammability. The dip-coating solutions of the present invention preferably contain 10-60% resin by weight, more preferably 20-50% resin by weight, most preferably 3040% resin by weight. The temperature of the solution in the bath is preferably 0 to 100°C, more preferably 25 to 50'C.
The dip coating process begins by obtaining PET preforms. Preforms may be made by injecting a melt of PET into a mold in the shape of a preform. The mold is cooled, preferably at a rate that allows the molten PET to cool rapidly enough that it is amorphous rather than crystalline in form. Processes for making PET preforms by injection molding are generally well known in the art. The surface of the preform is preferably free of any oils, surfactants, mold release agents, or the like so that the barrier coating material can adhere directly to the PET.
The PET preforms are then dipped into the solution in the bath. Referring to Figure 2, the preform is preferably dipped until at least the entire body portion 4 of the preform is submerged in the bath up to just under the support ring 6. The preform remains submerged in the bath preferably for 1 to 30 seconds, more preferably 2 to 5 seconds. The preform is then withdrawn from the bath and dried until no solvent remains on the preform. Drying may be done by any one of a number of methods, such as air-drying or placing the preforms under a vacuum and/or in a heated atmosphere as in an oven. The choice of method may depend upon the solvent chosen and the speed at which one desires the drying to take place. Additional dipping and drying steps may be done to create additional layers if desired. Preferably, further processing such as blow molding is done after the preform is dry. Barrier coated preforms produced from dip-coating are preferably of the type seen in Figure 3. The baπier coating 22 is disposed on the body portion 4 of the preform and does not coat the neck portion 2. The interior of the coated preform 16 is preferably not coated with barrier material. The thickness of the barrier coating is preferably 0.01 to 3 mm, more preferably 0.1 to 1 mm. EXAMPLE 1
A sample of a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic resin, specifically a PHAE available from Dow Chemical Company as
XU19040.00L was obtained as small pellets. The pellets were dissolved in dimethyiformamide to a concentration of 40% by weight. Eight identical 17.5 g virgin PET preforms of the type used to make a 16 oz. carbonated beverage bottle were placed in a rack and dipped into the bath containing the resin/DMF solution which was at room temperature (approximately 21 -23°C). After 5 seconds the preforms were removed from the bath and dried for 8 hours in an oven set at about 75"C.
Before dip-coating, the preforms weighed an average of 17.5 grams. After dip-coating the preforms weighted an average of 18.0 grams, having had 0.5 grams of resin coated thereon by the process.
2. Spray Coating Another method of producing coated PET articles in accordance with the present invention is by spray coating.
In this method, the PET preforms are sprayed with a solution of barrier resin dissolved or suspended in a solvent. The spraying of the preforms can be done manually or by use of an apparatus which provides for spraying and post-spray treatment in one machine.
The solution which is sprayed onto the preforms contains one or more solvents into which the resin of the barrier material is dissolved and/or suspended. A wide variety of solvents can be used, as well as solvent systems made of combinations of solvents. Preferred solvents include dimethyiformamide (DMF), ethanol, tetrahydrofuran (THF), methylene chloride, water, acetone, benzene, toluene, Dowanol DPM, Dowanol PPH, and Dowanol PM, and mixtures thereof. The selection of what solvent or solvent system is used may depend on many factors such as polarity, reactivity, solubility, boiling point, vapor pressure, and flammability, as can be determined by one of skill in thp art. The solutions preferably contain 5 to 50% resin by weight, more preferably 3040% resin by weight.
One preferred method of spray coating PET preforms is based on the use of an apparatus such as that disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,538,542 to Kennon, et al. (incorporated herein in its entirety by this reference) and sold by Nordson Corporation (Amherst, Ohio). This apparatus comprises a spray coating chamber, a drying chamber, and a conveyor for moving the preforms between the two chambers. The apparatus may further comprise an overspray recovery system. The spray coating process begins by obtaining PET -preforms, which are preferably made by an injection molding process as described above. The neck portion of each preform is clasped by an attachment means and mounted on a conveyor. The preforms are evenly spaced apart on the conveyor. The preforms are thus conveyed into the spray coating chamber wherein they pass in close proximity to a series of spray nozzles, preferably airless spray nozzles. The barrier resin-containing solvent is sprayed through the nozzles so that it impacts the outside surface of each preform as it passes through the chamber, leaving each preform covered with a wet coating Iayer. To aid the adherence of the barrier material and help hasten the evaporation of the solvent, the preforms may be pre-heated by methods known to those skilled in the art before they enter the spray coating chamber.
The conveyor then carries the preforms out of the spray coating chamber and into the drying chamber. The drying chamber may comprise an oven, a collection of lamps, or other source of thermal energy which provides the chamber with a temperature warm enough to aid in driving off the solvent in the wet coating iayer, yet not so hot as to cause distortion in the shape of the preform itself. As the preforms pass through the drying chamber, the solvent is evaporated, leaving a barrier coating on the preforms.
3. Flame Spraying Another preferred method of producing a coated PET preform in accordance with the present invention is flame- spraying the PET preform with powdered resin of the barrier coating material.
For the flame spraying process, the barrier material resin is used as a powder which is preferably 60 to 150 mesh, more preferably 80 to 120 mesh. A conventional flame spray apparatus, familiar to those skilled in the art, may be used, such as the Unispray Jet Gun from Thermal Polymer Systems (Angleton, TX). The use of other such commercially available apparatuses or other custom or modified apparatuses is contemplated as part of the present invention. The fiame-spray coating process begins by obtaining PET preforms, which are preferably made by an injection molding process as described above. The surface of the preform is preferably free of any oils, surfactants, water, mold release agents, or the like so that the barrier coating material can adhere directly to the PET. The preforms are preheated to preferably 50 to 100°C, more preferably 65 to 75°C, and then the powdered barrier resin is applied using the flame- spraying apparatus. The amount of resin deposited and, hence, the thickness of the barrier coating is determined by the amount of time that the preform resides in the flame. Once the desired amount of resin has been deposited, the preform is removed from the fiame. The coated preform may then be blow-molded to form a bottle.
Barrier-coated preforms produced by flame-spraying are preferably of the type in Figures 3 or 5. The interior of the coated preform 16 is uncoated so that any food or beverage that is placed in the container blown from the preform will be in contact with the virgin PET only. The thickness of the barrier coating 24 is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mm, more preferably 0.5 to 2.0 mm.
EXAMPLE 2 A sample of a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic resin, specifically a polyfhydroxyamiπo ether) available from Dow Chemical Company as XU19040.00L was obtained as small pellets. The pellets were ground into a powder and sieved using a 100 mesh screen according to standard processes known in the art to selectively obtain 120 to 180 mesh powder. Three clean preforms made of virgin PET of the type to fomra 68 oz bottle weighing approximately 48 grams each were heated to 100°C and then flame-sprayed using a Unispray Jet Gun. Preforms were removed from the flame at different times in order to get barrier-coatings of varying thickness. A preform left in the fiame for 5 seconds was coated with 4.5 grams of resin, the preform left for 8 seconds received 8.6 grams, and the preform left for 10 seconds was coated with 11.5 grams of resin.
4. Fluidized Bed Dipping Another method of producing barrier coated PET preforms in accordance with the present invention is fluidized bed dipping. In this process, the PET preform is dipped into a bed of powdered resin of the barrier coating material which is fluidized by a flow of air through the resin powder. In this process, the barrier material resin is a powder preferably 60 to 150 mesh, more preferably 80 to 100 mesh. Conventional fluidized bed apparatus and techniques, as known to those skilled in the art, may be used.
The fluidized bed coating process begins by obtaining PET preforms, which are preferably made by an injection molding process as described above. The surface of the preform is preferably free of any oils, surfactants, mold release agents, or the like so that the barrier coating material can adhere directly to the PET. The preforms, at a temperature of preferably 50 to 125°C, more preferably 75 to 100 C, are immersed in the fluidized powder. The preforms are preferably immersed only as high as the support ring 6, as it is generally not desired for the barrier resin to coat the interior of the preform.
The preform is removed after a period of preferably 2 to 10 seconds, more preferably 5 to 7 seconds. The preform, with a coating of powder thereon, must then be heated such as by use of an oven, fiame or lamp to cause the powder to melt or flow so that it forms a smooth uniform coating. Once the coating is smoothed out by heating, the preform may then be biow-molded to form a bottle.
EXAMPLE 3 A sample of a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic resin, specifically a PHAE available from Dow Chemical Company as XU19040.00L was obtained as small pellets. The pellets were ground into a powder and sieved using a 80 mesh screen according to standard processes known in the art to selectively obtain 80 to 100 mesh powder. Clean preforms of virgin PET weighing approximately 48 grams each were heated to 75-100°C and then immersed in a fluidized bed containing the PHAE powder. The powder in the bed was maintained at room temperature and the air-flow rate through the bed was sufficient to fluidize the powder. Preforms were removed after 8 seconds and fiame treated to melt the powder and create a uniform clear coating. The preforms were coated, on average, with 0.7 grams of resin.
5. Electrostatic Powder Spray
Another method of producing a coated PET preform in accordance with the present invention is electrostatic spraying of the PET preform using a powdered resin of the barrier coating material. In this process, the barrier material resin is used as a powder of preferably 80 to 200 mesh, more preferably 100 to 140 mesh. An electrostatic spraying apparatus, such as those known to those in the art, is used. The electrostatic powder coating process begins bγ obtaining PET preforms, preferably by injection molding as described above. The surface of the preform is preferably free of any oils, surfactants, mold release agents, or the like to allow the barrier coating material to adhere directly to the PET. An electrical charge, preferably 40 to 100 Kv, more preferably 70 to 80 Kv, is placed on the powder as it exits the spray gun. A charge opposite to that of the powder may be placed on the preform, or the preform may be grounded. The preform, at a temperature of preferably 10 to 40°C, more preferably 20 to 25°C, is sprayed for preferably 1 to 15 seconds, more preferably 3 to 5 seconds. The powder-coated preform must then be heated such as by a lamp, flame, or oven to cause the powder to melt or flow so that it forms a smooth uniform coating. Once the coating is smoothed out by heating, the preform may then be blow-molded into a bottle.
The barrier-coated preforms produced from electrostatic spraying are preferably of the type seen in Figures 3 or 5. The barrier coating 22 is disposed only on the exterior of the preform and the interior is uncoated. EXAMPLE 4
A sample of a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic resin, specifically XU19040.00L (Dow Chemical Company) was obtained as small pellets. The pellets were ground into a powder and sieved to selectively obtain 120 to 140 mesh powder. Three clean injection molded prefomis of virgin PET weighing approximately 48 grams were used. A grounded wire mesh insert was placed inside each preform at room temperature. No voltage was applied to the preforms. The preforms were sprayed with the powder using a standard spray gun with an applied voltage. Preforms were sprayed for 5 seconds and then flame treated. The preforms were coated, on average, with 1.6 grams of resin.
6. Overmolding An especially preferred method of producing a coated PET preform is referred to herein generally as overmolding, and sometimes as inject-over-inject ("101"). The name refers to a procedure which uses injection molding to inject one or more layers of barrier material over an existing preform, preferably that which was itself made by injection molding. The terms "overinjecting" and "overmolding" are used herein to describe the coating process whereby a Iayer of material, preferably comprising baπier material, is injected over an existing preform, in an especially preferred embodiment, the overinjecting process is performed while the underlying preform has not yet fully solidified. Overinjecting may be used to place one or more additional layers of materials such as those comprising barrier material, recycled PET, or other materials over a coated or uncoated preform.
The overmolding is carried out by using an injection molding process using equipment similar to that used to form the uncoated preform itself. A preferred mold for overmolding, with an uncoated preform in place is shown in Figure 9. The mold comprises two halves, a cavity half 52 and a mandrel half 54, and is shown in Figure 9 in the closed position prior to overinjecting. The cavity half 52 comprises a cavity in which the uncoated preform is placed. The support ring 6 of the preform rests on a ledge 58 and is held in place by the mandrel half 54 which exerts pressure on the support ring 6, thus sealing the neck portion off from the body portion of the preform. The cavity half 52 has a plurality of tubes or channels 55 therein which carry a fluid. Preferably the fluid in the channels circulates in a path in which the fluid passes into an input in the cavity half 52, through the channels 55, out of the cavity half 52 through an output, through a chiller or other cooling means, and then back into the input. The circulating fluid serves to cool the mold, which in turn cools the plastic melt which is injected into the mold to form the coated preform.
The mandrel half of the moid comprises a mandrel. The mandrel 96, sometimes called a core, protrudes from the mandrel half 54 of the mold and occupies the central cavity of the preform. In addition to helping to center the preform in the mold, the mandrel 96 cools the interior of the preform. The cooling is done by fluid circulating through channels 57 in the mandrel half 54 of the mold, most importantly through the length of the mandrel 96 itself. The channels 57 of the mandrel half 54 work in a similar to the channels 55 in the cavity half 52, in that they create the portion of the path through which the cooling fluid travels which lies in the interior of the mold half.
As the preform sits in the moid cavity, the body portion of the preform is centered within the cavity and is completely surrounded by a void space 60. The preform, thus positioned, acts as an interior die mandrel in the subsequent injection procedure. The melt of the overmolding material, preferably comprising a barrier material, is then introduced into the mold cavity from the injector via gate 56 and flows around the preform, preferably surrounding at least the body portion 4 of the preform. Following overinjection, the overmolded Iayer will take the approximate size and shape of the void space 60.
To carry out the overmolding procedure, one preferably heats the initial preform which is to be coated to a temperature above its Tg. In the case of PET, that temperature is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 180-225°C. If a temperature at or above the temperature of crystallization for PET is used, which is about 120°C, care should be taken when cooling the PET in the preform. The cooling should be sufficient to allow for the PET in the preform to take the preferred amorphous state, rather than the crystalline state. Alternatively, the initial preform used may be one which has been very recently injection molded and not fully cooled, as to be at an elevated temperature as is preferred for the overmolding process. The coating material is heated to form a melt of a viscosity compatible with use in an injection molding apparatus. The temperature for this, the inject temperature, will differ among materials, as eiting ranges in polymers and viscosities of melts may vary due to the history, chemical character, molecular weight, degree of branching and other characteristics of a material. For the preferred barrier materials disclosed above, the inject temperature is preferably in the range of about 175-325"C, more preferably 200 to 275°C. For example, for the Copolyester Barrier Material B-010, the preferred temperature is around 275°C, whereas for the PHAE XU-19040.00L the preferred temperature is around 200°C. If recycled PET is used, the inject temperature is preferably 250-300°C. The coating material is then injected into the mold in a volume sufficient to fill the void space 60. If the coating material comprises barrier material, the coating Iayer is a barrier Iayer.
The coated preform is preferably cooled at least to the point where it can be displaced from the moid or handled without being damaged, and removed from the mold where further cooling may take place. If PET is used, and the preform has been heated to a temperature near or above the temperature of crystallization for PET, the cooling should be fairly rapid and sufficient to ensure that the PET is primarily in the amorphous state when the preform is fully cooled. As a result of this process, a strong and effective bonding takes place between the initial preform and the subsequently applied coating material. Overmolding can be also used to create coated preforms with three or more layers. In Figure 17, there is shown a three-layer embodiment of preform of the present invention. The preform shown therein has two coating layers, a middle iayer 80 and an outer Iayer 82. The relative thickness of the layers shown in Figure 17 may be varied to suit a particular combination of Iayer materials or to allow for the making of different sized bottles. As will be understood by one skilled in the art, a procedure analogous to that disclosed above would be followed, except that the initial preform would be one which had already been coated, as by one of the methods for making coated preforms described herein, including overmolding. a. Preferred Apparatus for Overmolding The preferred apparatus for performing the overmolding process is based upon the use of a 330-330-200 machine by Engei (Austria), the mold portion of which comprises a stationary half and a movable half. Both halves are preferably made from hard metal. The stationary half comprises at least two mold sections, wherein each mold section comprises N (N > 0) identical mold cavities, an input and output for cooling fluid, channels allowing for circulation of cooling fluid within the mold section, injection apparatus, and hot runners channeling the molten material from the injection apparatus to the gate of each mold cavity. Because each mold section forms a distinct preform Iayer, and each preform Iayer is preferably made of a different material, each mold section is separately controlled to accommodate the potentially different conditions required for each material and Iayer. The injector associated with a particular mold section injects a moiten material, at a temperature suitable for that particular material, through that mold section's hot runners and gates and into the mold cavities. The moid section's own input and output for cooling fluid allow for changing the temperature of the moid section to accommodate the characteristics of the particular material injected into a mold section. Consequently, each mold section may have a different injection temperature, mold temperature, pressure, injection volume, cooling fluid temperature, etc. to accommodate the material and operational requirements of a particular preform iayer. The movable half of the mold comprises a turntable 102 and a plurality of cores or mandrels 96. The alignment pins guide the plate to slidabiy move in a preferably horizontal direction towards or away from the stationary half. The turntable may rotate in either a clockwise or counterclockwise direction, and is mounted onto the plate. The plurality of mandrels are affixed onto the turntable. These mandrels serve as the mold form for the interior of the preform, as well as serving as a carrier and cooling means for the preform during the molding operation. The cooling means in the mandrels is separate from the cooling means in the mold sections.
The mold temperature or cooling for the mold is controlled by means of circulating fluid. There is separate cooling fluid circulation for the movable half and for each of the mold sections of the stationary half Therefore, in a moid having two moid sections in the stationary half, there is separate cooiiπg for each of the two mold sections plus separate cooling for the movable half of the mold. Analogously, in a mold having three mold sections in the stationary half, there are four separate cooling fluid circulation set ups: one for each mold section, for a total of three, plus one for the movable half. Each cooling fluid circulation set up works in a similar manner. The fluid enters the mold, flows through a network of channels or tubes inside as discussed above for Figure 9, and then exits through an output. From the output, the fluid travels through a pump means, which keeps the fluid flowing, and a chilling means to keep the fluid within the desired temperature range, before going back into the mold. In a preferred embodiment, the mandrels and cavities comprise a high heat transfer material, such a beryllium, which is coated with a hard metal, such as tin or chrome. The hard coating keeps the beryllium from direct contact with the preform, as well as acting as a release for ejection and providing a hard surface for long life. The high heat transfer material allows for more efficient cooling, and thus assists in achieving lower cycle times. The high heat transfer material may be disposed over the entire area of each mandrel and/or cavity, or it may be only on portions thereof. Preferably the at least the tips of the mandrels comprise high heat transfer material.
The number of mandrels is equal to the total number of cavities, and the arrangement of the mandrels on the movable half mirrors the arrangement of the cavities on the stationary half. To close the mold, the movable half moves towards the stationary half, mating the mandrels with the cavities. To open the mold, the movable half moves away from the stationary half such that the mandrels are well clear of the block on the stationary half. After the mandrels are fully withdrawn from the mold sections, the turntable of the movable half rotates the mandrels into alignment with a different mold section. Thus, the movable half rotates 360 /(number of mold sections in the stationary half) degrees after each withdrawal of the mandrels from the stationary half. When the machine is in operation, during the withdrawal and rotation steps, there will be preforms present on some or all of the mandrels.
The size of the cavities in a given mold section will be identical, however the size of the cavities will differ among the moid sections. The cavities in which the uncoated preforms are first molded, the preform molding cavities, are smallest in size. The size of the cavities in the moid section in which the first coating step is performed are larger than the preform molding cavities, in order to accommodate the uncoated preform and still provide space for the coating material to be injected into to form the overmolded coating. The cavities in each subsequent mold section wherein additional overmolding steps are performed will be increasingly larger in size to accommodate the preform as it gets larger with each coating step. After a set of preforms has been molded and overmolded to completion, a series of ejectors eject the finished preforms off of the mandrels. The ejectors for the mandrels operate independently, or at least there is a single ejector for a set of mandrels equal in number and configuration to a single mold section, so that only the completed preforms are ejected. Uncoated or incompletely-coated preforms remain on the mandrels so that they may continue in the cycle to the next mold section. The ejection may cause the preforms to completely separate from the mandrels to fall into a bin or onto a conveyor. Alternatively, the preforms may remain on the mandrels after ejection, after which a robotic arm or other such apparatus grasps a preform or group of preforms for removal to a bin, conveyor, or other desired location.
Figures 10 and 11 illustrate a schematic for an embodiment of the apparatus described above. Figure 11 is the stationary half of the mold. In this embodiment, the block 101 has two mold sections, one comprising a set of three preform molding cavities 98 and the other comprising a set of three preform coating cavities 100. Each of the preform coating cavities 100 is preferably like that shown in Figure 9, discussed above. Each of the preform molding cavities 98 is preferably similar to that shown in Figure 9, in that the material is injected into a space defined by the mandrel (albeit without a preform already thereon) and the wall of the mold which is cooled by fluid circulating through channels inside the mold block. Consequently, one full production cycle of this apparatus wiii yield three two-layer preforms. If more than three preforms per cycle is desired, the stationary half can be reconfigured to accommodate more cavities in each of the mold sections. An example of this is seen in Figure 14, wherein there is shown a stationary half of a mold comprising two mold sections, one comprising forty-eight preform molding cavities 98 and the other comprising forty-eight preform coating cavities 100. If a three or more Iayer preform is desired, the stationary half can be reconfigured to accommodate additional mold sections, one for each preform layer
Figure 10 illustrates the movable half of the mold. The movable half comprises six identical mandrels 96 mounted on the turntable 102. Each mandrel corresponds to a cavity on the stationary half of the mold. The movable half also comprises alignment pegs 94, which correspond to the receptacles 95 on the stationary half. When the movable half of the moid moves to close the mold, the alignment pegs 94 are mated with their corresponding receptacles 95 such that the molding cavities 98 and the coating cavities 100 align with the mandrels 96. After alignment and closure, half of the mandrels 96 are centered within preform molding cavities 98 and the other half of the mandrels 96 are centered within preform coating cavities 100. The configuration of the cavities, mandrels, and alignment pegs and receptacles must all have sufficient symmetry such that after the mold is separated and rotated the proper number of degrees, all of the mandrels line up with cavities and all alignment pegs line up with receptacles. Moreover, each mandrel must be in a cavity in a different mold section than it was in prior to rotation in order to achieve the orderly process of molding and overmolding in an identical fashion for each preform made in the machine. Two views of the two mold haives together are shown in Figures 15 and 16. In Figure 15, the movable half is moving towards the stationary half, as indicated by the arrow. Two mandrels 96, mounted on the turntable 102, are beginning to enter cavities, one enters a molding cavity 98 and the other is entering a coating cavity 100 mounted in the block 101. In Figure 16, the mandrels 96 are fully withdrawn from the cavities on the stationary side. In this figure, the cooling arrangement is shown schematically, wherein the preform molding cavity 98 has cooling circulation 106 which is separate from the cooling circulation 108 for the preform coating cavity 100 which comprises the other mold section. The two mandrels 96 are cooled by a single system 104 which links all the mandrels togetner. The arrow in Figure 16 shows the rotation of the turntable 102. The turntable could also rotate clockwise. Not shown are coated and uncoated preforms which would be on the mandrels if the machine were in operation. The alignment pegs and receptacles have also been left out for the sake of clarity. The operation of the overmolding apparatus will be discussed in terms of the preferred two mold section apparatus for making a two-layer preform. The mold is closed by moving the movable half towards the stationary half until they are in contact. A first injection apparatus injects a melt of first material into the first mold section, through the hot runners and into the preform molding cavities 98 via their respective gates to form the uncoated preforms each of which become the inner layer of a coated preform. The first material fills the void between the preform molding cavities 98 and the mandrels 96. Simultaneously, a second injection apparatus injects a melt of second material into the second mold section of the stationary half, through the hot runners and into each preform coating cavity 100 via their respective gates, such that the second material fills the void (60 in Figure 9) between the wall of the coating cavity 100 and the uncoated preform mounted on the mandrel 96 therein.
During this entire process, cooling fluid is circulating through the three separate areas 106, 108, and 104, corresponding to the mold section of the preform molding cavities, moid section of the preform coating cavities, and the movable half of the mold, respectively. Thus, the melts and preforms are being cooled in the center by the circulation in the movable half that goes through the interior of the mandrels, as well as on the outside by the circulation in each of the cavities. The operating parameters of the cooling fluid in the first mold section containing preform molding cavities 98 are separately controlled from the operating parameters of the cooling fluid in the second mold section containing the coating cavities to account for the different material characteristics of the preform and the coating. These are in turn separate from those of the movable half of the mold which provides constant cooling for the interior of the preform throughout the cycle, whether the mold is open or closed.
The movable half then slides back to separate the two mold halves and open the mold, until all of the mandrels 96 having preforms thereon are completely withdrawn from the preform molding cavities 98 and preform coating cavities 100. The ejectors eject the coated, finished preforms off of the mandrels 96 which were just removed from the preform coating cavities. As discussed above, the ejection may cause the preforms 96 to completely separate from the mandrels and fall into a bin or onto a conveyor, or if the preforms remain on the mandrels after ejection, a robotic arm or other apparatus may grasp a preform or group of preforms for removal to a bin, conveyor, or other desired location. The turntable 102 then rotates 180 so that each mandrel 96 having an uncoated preform thereon is positioned over a preform coating cavity 100, and each mandrel from which a coated preform was just ejected is positioned over a preform molding cavity 98. Rotation of the turntable 102 may occur as quickly as 0.3 seconds. Using the alignment pegs 94, the mold halves again align and close, and the first injector injects the first material into the preform molding cavity while the second injector injects the barrier material into the preform coating cavity.
A production cycle of closing the mold, injecting the melts, opening the mold, ejecting finished barrier preforms, rotating the turntable, and closing the mold is repeated, so that preforms are continuously being molded and overmolded. When the apparatus first begins running, during the initial cycle, no preforms are yet in the preform coating cavities 100. Therefore, the operator should either prevent the second injector from injecting the second material into the second mold section during the first injection, or allow the second material to be injected and eject and then discard the resulting single Iayer preform comprised solely of the second material. After this start-up step, the operator may either manually control the operations or program the desired parameters such that the process is automatically controlled. b. Method of Making 2-Layer Preforms Using Preferred Overmolding Apparatus
Two iayer preforms may be made using the preferred overmolding apparatus described above. In one preferred embodiment, the two iayer preform comprises an inner Iayer comprising polyester and an outer layer comprising barrier material, in especially preferred embodiments, the inner layer comprises virgin PET. The description hereunder is directed toward the especially preferred embodiments of two iayer preforms comprising an inner Iayer of virgin PET. The description is directed toward describing the formation of a siπgie set of coated preforms of the type seen in Figure 4, that is, following a set of preforms through the process of molding, overmolding and ejection, rather than describing the operation of the apparatus as a whole. The process described is directed toward preforms having a total thickness in the wall portion 3 of about 3 mm, comprising about 2mm of virgin PET and about 1 mm of barrier material. The thickness of the two layers will vary in other portions of the preform, as shown in Figure 4. It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that seme of the parameters detailed below will differ if other embodiments of preforms are used. For example, the amount of time which the mold stays closed will vary depending upon the wall thickness of the preforms. However, given the disclosure below for this preferred embodiment and the remainder of the disclosure herein, one skilled in the art would be able to determine appropriate parameters for other preform embodiments. The apparatus described above is set up so that the injector supplying the mold section containing the preform molding cavities 98 is fed with virgin PET and that the injector supplying the moid section containing the preform coating cavities 100 is fed with a barrier material. Both mold halves are cooled by circulating fluid, preferably water, at a temperature of preferably 0-50°C, more preferably 10-15°C.
The movable half of the mold is moved so that the mold is closed. A melt of virgin PET is injected through the back of the block 101 and into each preform molding cavity 98 to form an uncoated preform which becomes the inner Iayer of the coated preform. The injection temperature of the PET melt is preferably 250 to 300°C, more preferably 265 to 280° C. The mold is kept closed for preferably 3 to 10 seconds, more preferably 4 to 6 seconds while the PET is cooled by the water circulating in the mold. During this time, surfaces of the preforms which are in contact with surfaces of preform molding cavities 98 or mandrels 96 begin to form a skin while the cores of the preforms remain molten and unsoiidified. The movable half of the mold is then moved so that the two halves of the mold are separated at or past the point where the newly molded preforms, which remain on the mandrels 96, are clear of the stationary side of the mold. The interior of the preforms, in contact with the mandrel 96, continues to cool. The cooling is preferably done in a manner which removes heat at a rate greater than the crystallization rate for the PET so that in the preform the PET will be in the amorphous state. The chilled water circulating through the mold, as described above, should be sufficient to accomplish this task. However, while the inside of the preform is cooling, the temperature of the exterior surface of the preform begins to rise, as it absorbs heat from the molten core of the preform. This heating begins to soften the skin on the exterior surface of the newly molded preform.
The turntable 102 then rotates 180° so that each mandrel 96 having a molded preform thereon is positioned over a preform coating cavity 100. Thus positioned, each of the other mandreis 96 which do not have molded preforms thereon, are each positioned over a preform molding cavity 98. The mold is again closed. Preferably the time between removal from the preform molding cavity to insertion into the preform coating cavity is 1 to 10 seconds, more preferably 1 to 3 seconds.
When the molded preforms are first placed into preform coating cavities 100, the exterior surfaces of the preforms are not in contact with a mold surface. Thus, the exterior skin is still softened and hot as described above because the contact cooiing is only from the mandrel inside. The high temperature of the exterior surface of the uncoated preform (which forms the inner Iayer of the coated preform) aids in promoting adhesion between the PET and barrier layers in the finished barrier coated preform. It is postulated that the surfaces of the materials are more reactive when hot, and thus chemical interactions between the barrier material and the virgin PET will be enhanced by the high temperatures.
Barrier material will coat and adhere to a preform with a cold surface, and thus the operation may be performed using a cold initial uncoated preform, but the adhesion is markedly -better when the overmolding process is done at an elevated temperature, as occurs immediately following the molding of the uncoated preform.
A second injection operation then follows in which a melt of a barrier material, is injected into each preform coating cavity 100 to coat the preforms. The temperature of the melt of barrier material is preferably 160 to 300°C. The exact temperature range for any individual barrier material is dependent upon the specific characteristics of that barrier material, but it is well within the abilities of one skilled in the art to determine a suitable range by routine experimentation given the disclosure herein. For example, if the PHAE barrier material XU19040.00L is used, the temperature of the melt (inject temperature) is preferably 160 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 220°C. If the Copolyester Barrier Material B 010 is used, the injection temperature is preferably 160 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 220°C. During the same time that this set of preforms are being overmolded with barrier material in the preform coating cavities 100, another set of uncoated preforms is being molded in the preform molding cavities as described above. The two halves of the mold are again separated preferably 3 to 10 seconds, more preferably 4 to 6 seconds following the initiation of the injection step. The preforms which have just been barrier coated in the preform coating cavities 100, are ejected from the mandrels 96. The uncoated preforms which were just molded in preform molding cavities 98 remain on their mandrels 96. The turntable is then rotated 180 so that each mandrel having an uncoated preform thereon is positioned over a coating cavity 100 and each mandrel 96 from which a coated preform was just removed is positioned over a molding cavity 98.
The cycle of closing the mold, injecting the materials, opening the mold, ejecting finished barrier preforms, rotating the turntabie, and closing the mold is repeated, so that preforms are continuously being molded and overmolded.
One of the many advantages of using the process disclosed herein is that the cycle times for the process are similar to those for the standard process to produce uncoated preforms; that is the molding and coating of preforms by this process is done in a period of time similar to that required to make uncoated PET preforms of similar size by standard methods currently used in preform production. Therefore, one can make barrier coated PET preforms instead of uncoated PET preforms without a significant change in production output and capacity.
If a PET melt cools slowly, the PET will take on a crystalline form. Because crystalline polymers do not blow mold as well as amorphous polymers, a preform of crystalline PET would not be expected to perform as well in forming containers according to the present invention. If, however, the PET is cooled at a rate faster than the crystal formation rate, as is described herein, it will take on an amorphous form. The amorphous form is ideal for blow molding. Thus, sufficient cooling of the PET is crucial to forming preforms which wili perform as needed when processed.
The rate at which a Iayer of PET cools in a mold such as described herein is proportional to the thickness of the Iayer of PET, as well as the temperature of the cooling surfaces with which it is in contact. If the mold temperature factor is held constant, a thick Iayer of PET cools more slowiy than a thin iayer. This is because it takes a longer period of time for heat to transfer from the inner portion of a thick PET Iayer to the outer surface of the PET which is in contact with the cooling surfaces of the mold than it would for a thinner iayer of PET because of the greater distance the heat must travel in the thicker Iayer. Thus, a preform having a thicker Iayer of PET needs to be in contact with the cooling surfaces of the mold for a longer time than does a preform having a thinner iayer of PET. In other words, with all things being equal, it takes longer to mold a preform having a thick wail of PET than-it takes to moid a preform having a thin wall of PET.
The uncoated preforms of this invention, including those made by the first injection in the above-described apparatus, are preferably thinner than a conventional PET preform for a given container size. This is because in making the barrier coated preforms of the present invention, a quantity of the PET which would be in a conventional PET preform can be displaced by a similar quantity of one of the preferred barrier materials. This can be done because the preferred barrier materials have physical properties similar to PET, as described above. Thus, when the barrier materials displace an approximately equal quantity of PET in the wails of a preform or container, there will not be a significant difference in the physical performance of the container. Because the preferred uncoated preforms which form the inner iayer of the barrier coated preforms of the present invention are thin-wailed, they can be removed from the moid sooner than their thicker- walled conventional counterparts. For example, the uncoated preform of the present invention can be removed from the moid preferably after about 4-6 seconds without crystallizing, as compared to about 14-24 seconds for a conventional PET preform having a total wall thickness of about 3 mm. All in all, the time to make a barrier coated preform of the present invention is equal to or slightly greater (up to about 30%) than the time required to make a monolayer PET preform of this same total thickness.
Additionally, because the preferred barrier materials are amorphous, they will not require the same type of treatment as the PET. Thus, the cycle time for a molding-overmolding process as described above is generally dictated by the cooling time required by the PET. In the above-described method, barrier coated preforms can be made in about the same time it takes to produce an uncoated conventional preform.
The advantage gained by a thinner preform can be taken a step farther if a preform made in the process is of the type in Figure 4. In this embodiment of coated preform, the PET wall thickness at 27 in the center of the area of the end cap 10 is reduced to preferably about 1/3 of the total wail thickness. Moving from the center of the end cap out to the end of the radius of the end cap, the thickness gradually increases to preferably about 2/3 of the total wall thickness, as at reference number 23 in the wall portion 3. The wall thickness may remain constant or it may, as depicted in Figure 4, transition to a lower thickness prior to the support ring 6. The thicknesses of the various portions of the preform may be varied, but in ail cases, the PET and barrier Iayer wail thicknesses must remain above critical melt flow thickness for any given preform design. Using preforms of the design in Figure 4 allows for even faster cycle times than that used to produce preforms of the type in Figure 3. As mentioned above, one of the biggest barriers to short cycle time is the length of time that the PET needs to be cooled in the mold following injection, if a preform comprising PET has not sufficiently cooled before it is ejected from the mandrel, it will become crystalline and potentially cause difficulties during blow molding. Furthermore, if the PET layer has not cooled enough before the overmolding process takes place, the force of the barrier material entering the mold will wash away some of the PET near the gate area. The preform design in Figure 4 takes care of both problems by making the PET Iayer thinnest in the center of the end cap region, which is where the gate is in the mold. The thin gate section allows the gate area to cool more rapidly, so that the uncoated PET Iayer may be removed from the mold in a relatively short period of time while still avoiding crystallization of the gate and washing of the PET during the second injection or overmolding phase. The physical characteristics of the preferred barrier-materials of the present invention help to make this type of preform design workable. Because of the similarity in physical properties, containers having wall portions which are primarily barrier material can be made without sacrificing the performance of the container. If the barrier material used were not similar to PET, a container having a variable wall composition as in Figure 4 would likely have weak spots or other defects that could affect container performance.
7. Lamellar Injection Molding A barrier Iayer or a barrier preform can also be produced by a process called lamellar injection molding (LIM). The essence of LIM processes is the creation of a meltstream which is composed of a plurality of thin layers. In this application, it is preferred that the LIM meltstream is comprised of alternating thin layers of PET and barrier material.
One method of lamellar injection molding is carried out using a system similar to that disclosed in several patents to Schrenk, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,202,074, 5,540,878, and 5,628,950, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated in their entireties by reference, although the use of that method as well as other methods obtaining similar lamellar meltstreams are contemplated as part of the present invention. Referring Jo Figure 12, a schematic of a LIM system is shown. The system in Figure 12 shows a two material system, but it will be understood that a system for three or more materials could be used in a similar fashion. The two materials which are to form the layers, at least one of which is preferably a barrier resin, are placed in separate hoppers 84 and 85, which feed two separate cylinders, 86 and 87 respectively. The materials are coextruded at rates designed to provide the desired relative amounts of each material to form a lamellar meltstream comprised of a Iayer from each cylinder.
The lamellar meltstream output from combined cylinders is then applied to a Iayer generation system 88. In the Iayer generation system, the two Iayer meltstream is multiplied into a multi-layer meltstream by repetition of a series of actions much like one would do to make a pastry dough having a number of layers. First, one divides a section of meltstream into two pieces perpendicular to the interface of the two layers. Then the two pieces are flattened so that each of the two pieces is about as long as the original section before it was halved in the first step, but only half as thick as the original section. Then the two pieces are recombined into one piece having similar dimensions as the original section, but having four layers, by stacking one piece on top of the other piece so that the sublayers of the two materials are parallel to each other. These three steps of dividing, flattening, and recombining the meltstream may be done several times to create more thinner layers. The meltstream may be multiplied by performing the dividing, flattening and recombining a number of times to produce a single melt stream consisting of a plurality of sublayers of the component materials. In this two material embodiment, the composition of the layers will alternate between the two materials. The output from the Iayer generation system passes through 89 and is injected into a mold to form a preform or a coating. A system such as that in Figure 12 to generate a lamellar meltstream may be used in place of one or both of the injectors in the overmolding process and apparatus described above. Alternatively, a barrier preform could be formed using a single injection of a LIM meltstream if the meltstream comprised barrier material. If a preform is made exclusively from a LIM meltstream or is made having an inner Iayer which was made from a LIM meltstream, and the container made therefrom is to be in contact with edibles, it is preferred that ali materials in the LIM meltstream have FDA approval. in one preferred embodiment, a preform of the type in Figure 4 is made using an iπject-over-inject process wherein a lamellar meltstream is injected into the barrier coating cavities 100 (Figure 11). Such a process, in which a preform is overmolded with a lamellar meltstream, can be called LIM-over-inject. in a LIM-over-inject process to create a preform from with a beverage bottle is made by blow molding, the first or inner Iayer is preferably virgin PET, and the LIM meltstream is preferably a barrier material, such as PHAE, and recycled PET. Recycled PET is used in the outer Iayer because it will not be in contact with edibles and it is cheaper to use to make up the bulk of a container than is virgin PET or most barrier materials. Figure 4A shows an enlarged view of a wall section 3 of a preform of the type in Figure 4 made by a LIM over inject process. The inner iayer 110 is a single material, but the outer iayer 112 is comprised of a plurality of microlayers formed by the LIM process.
An exemplary process to make such a preform is as follows. Recycled polyethylene terephthalate is applied through a feed hopper 84 to a first cylinder 86, while simultaneously, a barrier material is applied through a second feed hopper 85 to a second cylinder 87. The two materials are coextruded at rates to provide two-layer lamellar meltstream comprising preferably 60-95 wt.% recycled polyethylene terephthalate and preferably 540 wt.% barrier material. The lamellar meltstream is applied to the Iayer generation system 88 in which a lamellar melt stream comprising the two materials is formed by dividing, flattening and recombining the meltstream, preferably at least twice. This lameiiar melt stream exits at 89 and is then injected into a mold, such as that depicted in Figure 9. Preferably, the lamellar melt stream is injected into the preform coating cavities 100 of in an overmolding apparatus such as that in Figures 11 and 12 over a preform, to form a LIM-over-inject coated preform comprising a barrier Iayer consisting of alternating microlayers of baπier material and recycled PET. in another exemplary process, virgin PET is applied through a feed hopper 84 to a first cylinder 86, while simultaneously, B-010 is applied through a second feed hopper 85 to a second cylinder 87. The two polymers are coextruded at rates to provide a meltstream comprising preferably 60-95 wt.% virgin polyethylene terephthalate and preferably 540 wt.% B-010. The two layer meltstream is applied to a Iayer generation system 88 in which a lameiiar melt stream comprising the two materials is formed by dividing flattening and recombining the meltstream, preferably at least twice. This lamellar melt stream exits at 89 and is then injected into the preform molding cavities 98 of the preferred overmolding apparatus described above. This initial LIM preform is overinjected with recycled PET in the preform coating cavities 100 to produce a prefomi with an inner layer consisting of alternating microlayers of barrier material and virgin PET, and an outer Iayer of recycled PET. Such a process may be called inject-over-LIM.
In the multilayer preform, LIM-over-inject or inject-over-LIM embodiments, the lameiiar injection system can be used to advantage to provide a plurality of alternating and repeating sublayers, preferably comprised of PET and a baπier material. The multiple layers of these embodiments of the invention offers a further safeguard against premature diffusion of gases through the sidewall of the beverage container or other food product container.
H. Formation of Preferred Containers by Blow Molding The barrier-coated containers of the present invention are preferably produced by blow-molding the barrier- coated preforms, the creation of which is disclosed above. The barrier-coated preforms of the present invention can be biow-molded using techniques and conditions very similar, if not identical, to those by which uncoated PET preforms are blown into containers. Such techniques and conditions for blow-molding monoiaγer PET preforms into bottles are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used or adapted as necessary.
Generally in such a process, the preform is heated to a temperature of preferably 90 to 120°C, more preferably 100 to 105°C, and given a brief period of time to equilibrate. After equilibration, it is stretched to a length approximating the length of the final container. Following the stretching, pressurized air is forced into the preform which acts to expand the walls of the preform to fit the mold in which it rests, thus creating the container. Although the present invention has been described in terms of certain preferred embodiments, and certain exemplary methods, it is to be understood that the scope of the invention is not to be limited thereby. Instead, Applicant intends that the scope of the invention be limited solely by reference to the attached claims, and that variations on the methods and materials disclosed herein which are apparent to those of skill in the art will fall within the scope of Applicant's invention.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A barrier-coated polyester article comprising at least one iayer of polyester directly adhered to at least one Iayer of barrier material, wherein said barrier material: a. comprises a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol; b. has a glass transition temperature between 55┬░C and 140┬░C; and c. has a permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide which is less than that of polyethylene terephthalate.
2. The barrier-coated polyester article of Claim 1 in the form of a preform.
3. The barrier-coated polyester article of Claim 1 in the form of a container.
4. The barrier-coated polyester article of Claim 1, wherein said Iayer of barrier material consists of a plurality of microlayers comprising barrier material.
5. The barrier-coated polyester article of Claim 1, wherein said barrier material further comprises Nanoparticles.
6. The barrier-coated polyester article of Claim 1 , wherein said iayer of barrier material has a thickness of 0.01 - 5.0 mm.
7. The barrier-coated poiyester article of Claim 1, wherein said polyester comprises polyethylene terephthalate.
8. The barrier-coated polyester article of Claim 1 in the form of a preform, wherein said poiyester comprises polyethylene terephthalate.
9. The barrier-coated poiyester article of Claim 1 , wherein said copolyester is B-010.
10. The barrier-coated polyester article of Claim 1 in the form of a container, wherein said polyester comprises polyethylene terephthalate.
11. The barrier-coated polyester article of Claim 1, wherein said barrier material is not a homogeneous mixture of a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic and said copolyester.
12. A method for making a barrier-coated container comprising the steps of: providing the barrier-coated poiyester of Claim 1 in the form of a preform; and blow-molding said preform to form said barrier-coated container.
13. An injection molded preform comprising: a first Iayer comprising a thermoplastic polyester; and a second Iayer comprising an amorphous thermoplastic material; wherein said first Iayer is thinner in the end cap than in the wail portion and the second layer is thicker in the end cap than in the wall portion.
14. The injection molded preform of Claim 13, wherein at least one of said first and second layers comprises a barrier material.
15. The injection molded preform of Claim 13, further comprising a third Iayer comprising recycled poiyester.
16. The injection molded preform of Claim 13, wherein said first layer is about 1 /3 of the total thickness of the end cap and about 2/3 of the total thickness of the wail portion.
17. The injection molded preform of Claim 13, wherein said second iayer consists of a plurality of microlayers comprising barrier material.
18. The injection molded preform of Claim 13, wherein said second layer comprises (i) a Phenoxy-type
Thermoplastic or (ii) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol.
19. The injection molded preform of Claim 13, wherein said first Iayer is the innermost Iayer.
20. The injection molded preform of Claim 13, wherein said preform is made by an overinjection process.
21. The injection molded preform of Claim 13, wherein said poiyester is polyethylene terephthalate.
22. A multi-layer article comprising a wall portion comprising an inner multi-component Iayer and an outer
Iayer, wherein: a. said inner multi-component iayer has at least two discrete sublayers having an interface surface between said sublayers and extends longitudinally of said article, one of said sublayers comprising poiyester and another of said sublayers comprising a barrier material comprising a (i) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic or (ii) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol, said barrier material having a permeability to carbon dioxide of no more than one-third of the permeability to carbon dioxide of polyethylene terephthalate; b. said outer iayer comprises recycled polyester; and c. said inner multi-component Iayer and said outer iayer comprises materials with an absolute refractive index of 1.55- 1.75.
23. The article of Claim 22, wherein said inner multi-component Iayer comprises at least three sublayers wherein the composition of said sublayers alternates between poiyester and barrier material.
24. The article of Claim 23, wherein said inner multi-component layer comprises at least two sublayers of poiyester in alternating configuration with at least two sublayers of said barrier material.
25. The article of Claim 22 in the form of a preform.
26. The article of Claim 22 in the form of a container.
27. The article of Claim 22, wherein said polyester comprises polyethylene terephthalate.
28. The article of Claim 22, wherein said sublayer of polyester forms the innermost Iayer of said multi- component layer.
29. The article of Claim 22, wherein said inner multi-component Iayer is no thicker than the thickness of said outer Iayer.
30. A multi-layer preform comprising a wall portion having an inner iayer and an outer layer, wherein: a. said inner Iayer comprises polyester, extends longitudinally of said preform terminating in a threaded neck finish section having externally upset threads to receive a closure member, has a support ring at the lower end of said threaded neck finish section, and has a thickness of at least two millimeters and an absolute refractive index of 1.55-1.65; b. said outer Iayer co-extends with said inner Iayer to terminate below said support ring and comprises (i) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol or (ii) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic selected from the group consisting of polyfhydroxy ether), polyfhydroxy ester ether), and poiy(hydroxyamino ether), wherein said outer Iayer has a permeability to oxygen less than that of said inner iayer and a thickness of no more than one-fourth the thickness of said inner Iayer; and c. said outer layer has an absolute refractive index of a value to provide a ratio of said refractive indices within the range of 1.0-1.2.
31. The preform of Claim 30, wherein said preform comprises a neck cylinder section immediately below said support ring and a transition section below said neck cylinder section which is tapered downwardly to a reduced diameter body portion of said preform and wherein said outer Iayer of said wall portion extends over said body portion, said transition section, and said neck cylinder section to terminate on the underside of said support ring.
32. A method for making a barrier coated polyester article comprising the steps of:
(1) providing a poiyester article wherein at least one surface of said polyester article is at a temperature of at least 100┬░C; and (2) placing a barrier material on said heated surface of said polyester article to form a bamer coated polyester article, wherein said barrier material: a. comprises (i) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic or (ii) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol; b. has a glass transition temperature between 55┬░C and 140┬░C; and c. has a permeability to oxygen and carbon dioxide which is less than that of polyethylene terephthalate.
33. The method of Claim 32, wherein said poiyester article is in the form of a preform.
34. The method of Claim 32, wherein said polyester article is in the form of a preform, further comprising a step wherein said preform is blow molded to form a container.
35. The method of Claim 32, wherein said barrier material further comprises Nanoparticles.
36. The method of Claim 32, wherein said polyester is polyethylene terephthalate.
37. The method of Claim 36, wherein said barrier material comprises poiy(hydroxyamino ether).
38. The method of Claim 36, wherein said barrier material comprises a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol.
39. The method of Claim 38, wherein said at least one diol comprises ethylene glycol.
40. The method of Claim 32, wherein said article is in the form of a container.
41. The method of Claim 39, wherein the barrier material on said article has a thickness of 0.01 - 5.0 mm.
42. The method of Claim 32, wherein step (2) is done by dip coating the poiyester article.
43. The method of Claim 32, wherein step (2) is done by spray coating the poiyester article.
44. The method of Claim 32, wherein step (2) is done by fiame spraying the polyester article.
45. The method of Claim 32, wherein step (2) is done by electrostatic spray coating the poiyester article.
46. The method of Claim 32, wherein step (2) is done by dipping the polyester article in a fluidized bed of powdered barrier material.
47. The method of Claim 32, wherein step (2) is done by overmolding the polyester article with a melt of barrier material.
48. The method of Claim 32, further comprising the following step:
(3) overmolding said barrier coated poiyester article with a layer comprising recycled polyester.
49. A method for making a barrier coated polyester article comprising the steps of: a. injecting molten first material comprising polyester through a first gate into the space defined by a first mold half and a core mold half to form a poiyester article comprising an inner surface and an outer surface, wherein said first mold half and said core mold half are cooled by circulating fluid, and said first mold half contacts the outer poiyester surface and said core mold half contacts the inner poiyester surface; b. allowing said molten polyester to remain in contact with said mold haives until a skin forms on said inner and outer poiyester surfaces, said skin surrounding a core of molten polyester in said polyester article; c. removing said first mold half from said poiyester article; d. allowing the skin on said outer poiyester surface to be softened by heat transfer from said core of molten poiyester while said inner polyester surface is cooled by continued contact with said core moid half; e. placing said polyester article into a second mold half, wherein said second mold half is cooled by circulating fluid; f. injecting a molten second material comprising barrier material through a second gate into the space defined by said second mold half and said outer poiyester surface to form a barrier coated polyester article comprising a barrier Iayer comprising baπier material on said outer polyester surface; g. allowing said molten second material comprising barrier material to remain in contact with at least said second mold half; h. removing said second mold half from said barrier coated polyester article; and i. removing said barrier coated poiyester article from said core mold half.
50. The method of Claim 49 wherein said barrier material comprises (i) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic or (ii) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol.
51. The method of Claim 49 wherein said barrier material comprises polyfhydroxyamino ether).
52. The method of Claim 49 wherein said layer of barrier material consists of a plurality of microlayers comprising barrier material.
53. The method of Claim 49 wherein said barrier coated poiyester article is a preform.
54. The method of Claim 53 further comprising a step of blow molding said preform to form a container.
55. The method of Claim 49 wherein said poiyester article is thinnest in the region nearest said first gate and said barrier Iayer is thickest around the region nearest said second gate.
56. The method of Claim 49, wherein step (b) is performed in 5-15 seconds.
57. The method of Claim 49, wherein step (b) is performed in 8-12 seconds.
58. The method of Claim 49, wherein step (g) is performed in 5- 15 seconds.
59. The method of Claim 49, wherein step (g) is performed in 8- 12 seconds.
60. The method of Claim 49, wherein steps (c), (d), and (e) are performed in a total of 1 -10 seconds.
61. The method of Claim 49, wherein steps (c) - (e) are performed in a total of 1 -3 seconds.
62. The method of Claim 49, wherein steps (a) ΓÇó (i) are performed in a total of 20-30 seconds.
63. The method of Claim 49, wherein steps (a) - (i) are performed in less than 25 seconds.
64. The method of Claim 49, wherein said core mold half is mounted on a rotatable plate, wherein rotation of said rotatable plate moves said core mold half from a position opposite said first mold half to a position opposite said second mold half.
65. The method of Claim 49, wherein said first and second mold halves are mounted in a single stationary block, wherein said block is divided to provide separate controls and conditions for each of said mold halves.
66. A process for the production of a multi-layer plastic container comprising the steps of: a. providing a first polymer comprising a polyester and a second polymer comprising a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid and at least one diol; b. injecting said first and second polymers through a lameiiar injection system to provide a composite multi-lamellae stream having at least one discrete lamella of poiyester and at least another discrete lamella of said copolyester; c. supplying said composite stream to a mold to form an initial preform having inner and outer sublayers comprising polyester and said copolyester, said sublayer comprising said copolyester having a permeability to air which is less than the permeability to air of said sublayer comprising polyester; d. supplying recycled polyester over said initial preform to form an outer Iayer around said initial preform to form a final preform; and e. subjecting said final preform to a blow molding operation to form a multi-layer plastic container.
67. The process of Claim 66, wherein said recycled polyester is applied over said preform in an amount to provide an outer Iayer which is thicker than at least one of the inner and outer sublayers provided in step (c).
68. The process of Claim 66, wherein said first and second polymers are injected through said lamellar injection system in relative amounts to provide a thickness ofsaid discrete lamella of said copolyester which is less than the discrete lamella of poiyester.
69. The process of Claim 66, wherein said at least one diol comprises ethylene glycol.
70. The process of Claim 66, wherein said composite stream is supplied to said mold such that the polyester forms an inner sublayer of said initial preform and said copolyester forms an outer sublayer of said initial preform wherein said outer sublayer covers said inner sublayer.
71. The process of Claim 70, wherein said first and second polymers are coinjected through said lamellar injection system in relative amounts to provide a thickness of said outer sublayer of said copolyester which is less than the thickness of said inner Iayer of poiyester.
72. The process of Claim 66, wherein said first and second polymers are coinjected through said lamellar injection system having at least one Iayer multiplication step to provide a composite multi-lamella stream having a plurality of discrete lamella of polyester and a plurality of discrete lamella of said copolyester and said multi-lamella composite stream is supplied to said mold to form an initial preform having a plurality of sublayers of polyester and a plurality of sublayers of said copolyester in a multi-layer sandwich configuration.
73. A process for the production of a multi-layer plastic container, comprising the steps of: a. supplying poiyester to a moid to form an initial preform comprising poiyester of a thickness sufficient to form a self-supporting structure when removed from said mold; b. providing a first body of a thermoplastic polymer comprising recycled polyester and a second body of thermoplastic bamer polymer comprising (i) a copolyester of terephthalic acid, isophthaiic acid, and at least one diol or (ii) a Phenoxy-type Thermoplastic; c. injecting said thermoplastic polymer and said thermoplastic bamer polymer through a lamellar injection system having a coextrusion feed block unit to provide a composite multi-lamella stream having at least one discrete lamella of recycled polyester and at least one discrete lamella of said thermoplastic barrier polymer; d. supplying said composite stream over said initial preform to form a final prefoπn wherein said composite stream comprising sublayers of recycled polyester and said thermoplastic barrier material overlays said initial preform of poiyester; and e. subjecting said final preform to a blow molding operation to form a multi-layer plastic container.
74. The process of Claim 73 wherein: said initial preform comprises a neck portion at the upper end thereof and a body portion at the lower end thereof, wherein said neck portion comprises a support ring at the lower end of said neck portion and said neck portion has a threaded finish; and said composite stream is supplied over said body portion of said initial preform and terminates on the underside of said support ring.
75. The process of Claim 73, wherein said recycled polyester is recycled polyester or post-consumer polyethylene terephthalate.
76. The process of Claim 73, wherein said thermoplastic barrier polymer is polylhydroxyamino ether).
77. The process of Claim 73, wherein said at least one diol comprises ethylene glycol.
78. A method of making and coating preforms, comprising the following steps: closing a mold comprising a stationary half and a movable half, wherein said stationary mold half comprises at least one preform molding cavity and at least one preform coating cavity and said movable mold half comprises a rotatable plate having mounted thereon a number of mandrels equal to the sum of the number of preform molding cavities and preform coating cavities; injecting a first material into the space defined by a mandrel and a preform molding cavity to form a preform having an inner surface and an outer surface; opening said mold; rotating said rotatable plate; closing said mold; injecting a second material into the space defined by said outer surface of said preform and said preform coating cavity to form a coated preform; opening said mold; removing said coated preform.
79. The method of Claim 78, wherein said preform molding cavities and said preform coating cavities occupy separate haives of said stationary mold half.
80. The method of Claim 78, wherein said preform is not solid or cured prior to injection of said second material.
PCT/US1998/022026 1997-10-17 1998-10-19 Barrier-coated polyester WO1999020462A2 (en)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU11008/99A AU752181B2 (en) 1997-10-17 1998-10-19 Barrier-coated polyester
EP98953693A EP1023395B1 (en) 1997-10-17 1998-10-19 Barrier-coated Polyester Article
JP2000516832A JP2001520135A (en) 1997-10-17 1998-10-19 Polyester coated with barrier layer
CA002312059A CA2312059C (en) 1997-10-17 1998-10-19 Barrier-coated polyester
BR9815227A BR9815227A (en) 1997-10-17 1998-10-19 Barrier-coated polyester
DE1998638396 DE69838396T2 (en) 1997-10-17 1998-10-19 An article of barrier coated polyester
NO20001915A NO325367B1 (en) 1997-10-17 2000-04-12 Process for the preparation of barrier-coated polyester preform, preform and container made thereof
AU2002313121A AU2002313121B2 (en) 1997-10-17 2002-12-03 Barrier-Coated Polyester
NO20074886A NO20074886L (en) 1997-10-17 2007-09-25 Spray-molded preform, multi-layer coated polyester article and method for making such polyester article

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/953,595 1997-10-17
US08/953,595 US6312641B1 (en) 1997-10-17 1997-10-17 Method of making containers and preforms incorporating barrier materials
US7864198P 1998-03-19 1998-03-19
US60/078,641 1998-03-19

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999020462A2 true WO1999020462A2 (en) 1999-04-29
WO1999020462A3 WO1999020462A3 (en) 2000-04-13

Family

ID=26760785

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1998/022026 WO1999020462A2 (en) 1997-10-17 1998-10-19 Barrier-coated polyester

Country Status (15)

Country Link
US (4) US6391408B1 (en)
EP (1) EP1023395B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2001520135A (en)
CN (1) CN1170887C (en)
AT (1) ATE372209T1 (en)
AU (1) AU752181B2 (en)
BR (1) BR9815227A (en)
CA (2) CA2312059C (en)
DE (1) DE69838396T2 (en)
ES (1) ES2293692T3 (en)
NO (2) NO325367B1 (en)
RU (1) RU2200667C2 (en)
SA (1) SA98190744B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI250934B (en)
WO (1) WO1999020462A2 (en)

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000034023A1 (en) * 1998-12-07 2000-06-15 Karl Hehl Method for producing multi-component preforms and preforms produced according to this method
WO2000062998A2 (en) * 1999-04-21 2000-10-26 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd. Apparatus and method for making barrier-coated polyester
WO2001083193A1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-08 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd. Bottles and preforms having a crystalline neck
WO2002020246A1 (en) * 2000-09-05 2002-03-14 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd. Multilayer containers and preforms having barrier properties utilizing recycled material
EP1277556A1 (en) * 2001-07-17 2003-01-22 Progarden S.p.A. Method for producing, by injection moulding, a plastic body provided with localized protuberances
WO2003086899A1 (en) * 2002-04-17 2003-10-23 Licher Privatbrauerei Drink packaging and method for producing a drink packaging
WO2004060748A1 (en) 2002-12-27 2004-07-22 Advanced Plastics Technologies Ltd Apparatus and process for manufacturing and filling flexible pouches
US6823624B2 (en) 2001-07-17 2004-11-30 S.I.T., Inc. Plastic article with protuberance
WO2005018912A1 (en) * 2003-07-21 2005-03-03 Alpla-Werke Alwin Lehner Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing a preform for plastic bottles
EP1593723A2 (en) * 2004-04-07 2005-11-09 PepsiCo, Inc. High Tg coatings
WO2006056217A1 (en) * 2004-11-23 2006-06-01 Pirelli & C. S.P.A. Process for producing a composite material
WO2006060104A1 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-06-08 Pepsico, Inc., A North Carolina Corporation Catalyzed process for forming coated articles
WO2007027606A1 (en) 2005-08-30 2007-03-08 Advanced Plastics Technologies Luxembourg S.A. Methods and systems for controlling mold temperatures
WO2008047091A2 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-24 Victrex Manufacturing Limited Polymeric materials
DE102007035736A1 (en) 2007-07-30 2009-02-05 N-Tec Gmbh Coating polyethylene terephthalate-preforms comprises hydrophilizing and ionizing preforms, coating preforms with agent and stretching, where preform is subjected, before/after coating, with hot water and agent is warmed before applying
US7717057B2 (en) 2002-07-03 2010-05-18 Sharon Hutchinson Dip, spray, and flow coating process for forming coated articles
NL2003132C2 (en) * 2009-07-03 2011-01-04 Heineken Supply Chain Bv Container, preform assembly and method and apparatus for forming containers.
WO2012028221A3 (en) * 2010-08-31 2013-02-28 Khs Gmbh Method and device for treating preforms for producing containers by blow moulding and for printing on containers of this type

Families Citing this family (120)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI250934B (en) 1997-10-17 2006-03-11 Advancsd Plastics Technologies Barrier-coated polyester articles and the fabrication method thereof
FR2786123B1 (en) * 1998-11-25 2001-02-09 Schmalbach Lubeca PROCESS AND PLANT FOR MANUFACTURING A PREFORM, IMPLEMENTING IMPROVED DRYING MEANS, AND PLASTIC CONTAINER OBTAINED FROM THE PREFORM
FR2801003B1 (en) * 1999-11-12 2002-09-06 Plastic Omnium Cie PROCESS FOR PRODUCING A BLOWN ENCLOSURE PROVIDED WITH A MOUTHPIECE CAPABLE OF RECEIVING A CONDUIT, AN INSERT FOR MOLDING BY BLOWING A PARISON AND A BLOWN ENCLOSURE COMPRISING SUCH A OVERMOLDED INSERT
CA2360792C (en) * 1999-11-30 2009-07-21 Yoshino Kogyosho Co., Ltd. Laminated polyester resin container and method of molding such a container
FR2804405B1 (en) * 2000-01-28 2002-05-10 Schmalbach Lubeca METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STORING PLASTIC PREFORMS IN A CONTAINER, PROCESS AND INSTALLATION FOR MANUFACTURING AND STORAGE OF PLASTIC PREFORMS
US20050233086A1 (en) * 2000-06-30 2005-10-20 Kuraray Co., Ltd Method of producing a shaped article having excellent barrier properties
CA2349939C (en) * 2000-06-30 2008-04-15 Kuraray Co., Ltd. A method of producing a shaped article having excellent barrier properties
US7543713B2 (en) * 2001-04-19 2009-06-09 Graham Packaging Company L.P. Multi-functional base for a plastic, wide-mouth, blow-molded container
US20080251487A1 (en) * 2002-10-30 2008-10-16 Semersky Frank E Overmolded container having a foam layer
US9694515B2 (en) * 2002-10-30 2017-07-04 Plastic Technologies, Inc. Overmolded container having an inner foamed layer
WO2004043675A1 (en) * 2002-11-08 2004-05-27 Advanced Plastics Technologies Ltd Injection mold having a wear resistant portion and a high heat transfer portion and a method for forming a preform
US6942897B2 (en) * 2003-02-19 2005-09-13 The Board Of Trustees Of Western Michigan University Nanoparticle barrier-coated substrate and method for making the same
US20040228998A1 (en) * 2003-05-12 2004-11-18 Haas Hans E. Curable film preform compositions
NZ569422A (en) 2003-07-30 2010-02-26 Graham Packaging Co Container filling with base projection inverted during transportation, and being pushed up after filling
AU2004267413B2 (en) * 2003-08-11 2009-06-04 Akzo Nobel Coatings Inc. Curable polymeric water based coating compositions and resulting coatings with barrier properties for gases and coated substrates and containers
US8247051B2 (en) * 2003-08-11 2012-08-21 The Glidden Company Curable polymeric water based coating compositions and resulting coatings with barrier properties for gases and laminate structures
US7204950B2 (en) * 2003-12-19 2007-04-17 Pepsico, Inc. Dispensing package
US20050136201A1 (en) * 2003-12-22 2005-06-23 Pepsico, Inc. Method of improving the environmental stretch crack resistance of RPET without solid stating
US7086167B2 (en) * 2004-04-16 2006-08-08 Empire Level Mfg. Corp. Overmolded vial for use with a level
US20060065992A1 (en) * 2004-04-16 2006-03-30 Hutchinson Gerald A Mono and multi-layer articles and compression methods of making the same
US7588808B2 (en) 2004-04-16 2009-09-15 Advanced Plastics Technologies Luxembourg S.A. Mono and multi-layer articles and injection molding methods of making the same
CA2569639A1 (en) * 2004-06-10 2005-12-29 Advanced Plastics Technologies Luxembourg S.A. Methods and systems for cooling molds
US20060099360A1 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-11 Pepsico, Inc. Dip, spray, and flow coating process for forming coated articles
US20080251492A1 (en) * 2005-03-15 2008-10-16 Colgate-Palmolive Company Overmolded Containers With Improved Gripping and Methods of Manufacture Thereof
KR101312702B1 (en) * 2005-03-15 2013-10-01 콜게이트-파아므올리브캄파니 Method of manufacturing overmolded containers, overmolded containers and preforms, and packaged beverage
US8734923B2 (en) 2005-03-15 2014-05-27 Colgate-Palmolive Company Blow molded polyester container with an over-molded thermoplastic layer
US8017065B2 (en) * 2006-04-07 2011-09-13 Graham Packaging Company L.P. System and method for forming a container having a grip region
KR20080003882A (en) * 2005-04-18 2008-01-08 어드밴스드 플라스틱스 테크놀로지즈 룩셈부르크 에스.에이. Water-resistant coated articles and method of making same
JP5260050B2 (en) * 2005-05-27 2013-08-14 麒麟麦酒株式会社 Gas barrier plastic container manufacturing apparatus and method for manufacturing the container
JP2009515676A (en) * 2005-10-14 2009-04-16 アドバンスド プラスティックス テクノロジーズ ルクセンブルク エスアー Method for forming multilayer objects by surface treatment applications
US7358324B2 (en) * 2005-12-06 2008-04-15 Dak Americas Llc Manufacturing method of co-polyester resins for clear mono-layer containers with improved gas barrier characteristics
US8857637B2 (en) 2006-03-06 2014-10-14 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Lightweight plastic container and preform
US10214312B2 (en) 2006-03-06 2019-02-26 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Lightweight plastic container and preform
US9707711B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2017-07-18 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Container having outwardly blown, invertible deep-set grips
US8747727B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2014-06-10 Graham Packaging Company L.P. Method of forming container
US7651666B2 (en) * 2006-04-20 2010-01-26 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Air treatment device with reservoir refill
US7709595B2 (en) * 2006-07-28 2010-05-04 Eastman Chemical Company Non-precipitating alkali/alkaline earth metal and aluminum solutions made with polyhydroxyl ether solvents
US7709593B2 (en) * 2006-07-28 2010-05-04 Eastman Chemical Company Multiple feeds of catalyst metals to a polyester production process
US7745368B2 (en) * 2006-07-28 2010-06-29 Eastman Chemical Company Non-precipitating alkali/alkaline earth metal and aluminum compositions made with organic hydroxyacids
US20080027207A1 (en) * 2006-07-28 2008-01-31 Jason Christopher Jenkins Non-precipitating alkali/alkaline earth metal and aluminum compositions made with mono-ol ether solvents
RU2465070C2 (en) * 2006-09-19 2012-10-27 Вэлспар Сорсинг, Инк. Containers for products and beverages and methods for applying coating
TWI380325B (en) * 2006-09-26 2012-12-21 Polytronics Technology Corp Heat-conductive dielectric polymer composition and heat dissipation substrate containing the same
DE102006048290A1 (en) * 2006-10-12 2008-04-17 Daimler Ag Method and device for producing a composite component
US8563677B2 (en) * 2006-12-08 2013-10-22 Grupo Petrotemex, S.A. De C.V. Non-precipitating alkali/alkaline earth metal and aluminum solutions made with diols having at least two primary hydroxyl groups
CN101280141B (en) * 2007-04-06 2010-11-10 刘建林 Non-aqueous high-obstructing coating liquid and coat thereof
WO2008125698A1 (en) * 2007-04-11 2008-10-23 Molmasa Aplicaciones Técnicas, S.L. Mould and method for manufacturing bicomponent preforms by overmoulding, and thus obtained bicomponent preform
US20080258353A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2008-10-23 Gerald Hutchinson Methods and systems for forming multilayer articles
US9475611B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2016-10-25 Anheuser-Busch Inbev S.A. Integrally blow-moulded bag-in-container having interface vents opening to the atmosphere at location adjacent to bag's mouth, preform for making it; and processes for producing the preform and bag-in-container
US20080257883A1 (en) 2007-04-19 2008-10-23 Inbev S.A. Integrally blow-moulded bag-in-container having an inner layer and the outer layer made of the same material and preform for making it
US20080258356A1 (en) 2007-04-19 2008-10-23 Inbev S.A. Integrally blow-moulded bag-in-container comprising an inner layer and an outer layer comprising energy absorbing additives, and preform for making it
WO2008141771A1 (en) * 2007-05-18 2008-11-27 Topchim N.V. Coating composition for papers providing excellent water vapor barrier properties
EP1997603A1 (en) * 2007-05-31 2008-12-03 Alliance for business solutions A4BS Modified hot runner systems for injection blow molding
EP2065164A1 (en) * 2007-11-27 2009-06-03 Aisapack Holding SA Process of manufacturing a package for hot filling and such a package
USD769720S1 (en) 2007-12-21 2016-10-25 Silgan Plastics Llc Preform for dosing bottle
US8057733B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2011-11-15 Silgan Plastics Corporation Dosing bottle and method
US8627944B2 (en) 2008-07-23 2014-01-14 Graham Packaging Company L.P. System, apparatus, and method for conveying a plurality of containers
US8597748B2 (en) * 2008-09-02 2013-12-03 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Preform for making plastic container
US8664129B2 (en) 2008-11-14 2014-03-04 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Extensible nonwoven facing layer for elastic multilayer fabrics
US9498932B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2016-11-22 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Multi-layered meltblown composite and methods for making same
US10161063B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2018-12-25 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Polyolefin-based elastic meltblown fabrics
US20100266818A1 (en) * 2009-04-21 2010-10-21 Alistair Duncan Westwood Multilayer Composites And Apparatuses And Methods For Their Making
US20100266824A1 (en) * 2009-04-21 2010-10-21 Alistair Duncan Westwood Elastic Meltblown Laminate Constructions and Methods for Making Same
US9168718B2 (en) 2009-04-21 2015-10-27 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Method for producing temperature resistant nonwovens
US8042356B2 (en) * 2008-10-22 2011-10-25 The Coca-Cola Company Beverage container drinking surface enhancement
US8636944B2 (en) * 2008-12-08 2014-01-28 Graham Packaging Company L.P. Method of making plastic container having a deep-inset base
US7926243B2 (en) 2009-01-06 2011-04-19 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Method and system for handling containers
CN102333644B (en) * 2009-02-27 2015-07-22 埃克森美孚化学专利公司 Multi-layer nonwoven in situ laminates and method of producing the same
JP5387054B2 (en) * 2009-03-03 2014-01-15 東洋製罐株式会社 Multi-layer plastic container with excellent drop impact resistance
US20100227094A1 (en) * 2009-03-09 2010-09-09 Ipl, Inc. Oxygen barrier molded container and method for production thereof
US20100316820A1 (en) * 2009-06-16 2010-12-16 Rainer Kolb Composite Materials Comprising Propylene-Based Polymer Blend Coatings
US20110059277A1 (en) * 2009-09-04 2011-03-10 Rainer Kolb Elastomeric Surface Coatings for Plastic Articles
US9017593B2 (en) * 2009-06-16 2015-04-28 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Composite materials comprising propylene-based polymer blend coatings
WO2010147706A2 (en) * 2009-06-16 2010-12-23 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Polyolefin compositions for coating applications
KR20130000431A (en) 2009-07-09 2013-01-02 어드밴스드 테크놀러지 머티리얼즈, 인코포레이티드 Substantially rigid collapsible liner and flexible gusseted or non-gusseted liners and methods of manufacturing the same and methods for limiting choke-off in liners
WO2011017400A1 (en) 2009-08-05 2011-02-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Bag-in-box package with integrated cup
US20110031243A1 (en) * 2009-08-05 2011-02-10 Joseph Craig Lester Container for Bottle-In-Box Package
CA2714376A1 (en) * 2009-09-07 2011-03-07 Kraft Foods Global Brands Llc Multi-faceted container and reclosable lid for food products
US8668975B2 (en) 2009-11-24 2014-03-11 Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. Fabric with discrete elastic and plastic regions and method for making same
US20120061279A1 (en) * 2010-09-13 2012-03-15 Ipl, Inc. Oxygen barrier molded container and method for production thereof
US8962114B2 (en) 2010-10-30 2015-02-24 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Compression molded preform for forming invertible base hot-fill container, and systems and methods thereof
US9637300B2 (en) 2010-11-23 2017-05-02 Entegris, Inc. Liner-based dispenser
US10894340B2 (en) * 2010-12-17 2021-01-19 Dispensing Technologies B.V. Preforms for flair applications
KR20140008418A (en) 2011-03-01 2014-01-21 어드밴스드 테크놀러지 머티리얼즈, 인코포레이티드 Nested blow molded liner and overpack and methods of making same
US9150320B2 (en) 2011-08-15 2015-10-06 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Plastic containers having base configurations with up-stand walls having a plurality of rings, and systems, methods, and base molds thereof
US9994378B2 (en) 2011-08-15 2018-06-12 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Plastic containers, base configurations for plastic containers, and systems, methods, and base molds thereof
RU2460590C1 (en) * 2011-09-01 2012-09-10 Государственное научное учреждение Всероссийский научно-исследовательский институт использования техники и нефтепродуктов Российской академии сельскохозяйственных наук (ГНУ ВНИИТиН Россельхозакадемии) Greaser with built-in heater
US8919587B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-12-30 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Plastic container with angular vacuum panel and method of same
USD732391S1 (en) * 2012-02-10 2015-06-23 Silgan Plastics Llc Container with ribbed neck
PT2641837E (en) 2012-03-20 2014-08-01 Anónima Minera Catalano Aragonesa Soc Opaque multi-layer container
JP5382162B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2014-01-08 東洋製罐株式会社 Plastic container with excellent decoration
US8962740B2 (en) 2012-09-10 2015-02-24 Kraft Foods Group Brands Llc Oxygen scavenger system in a polyolefin matrix
RU2525493C1 (en) * 2013-03-04 2014-08-20 Государственное научное учреждение Всероссийский научно-исследовательский институт использования техники и нефтепродуктов Российской академии сельскохозйственных наук (ГНУ ВНИИТиН Россельхозакадемии) Device for heating protective lubricant when applied to agricultural machine
US9022776B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-05-05 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Deep grip mechanism within blow mold hanger and related methods and bottles
US9254937B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-02-09 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Deep grip mechanism for blow mold and related methods and bottles
KR20160024840A (en) 2013-06-28 2016-03-07 다이니폰 인사츠 가부시키가이샤 Blow molding method, composite preform, composite container, inside label member, and plastic-made member
BE1023737B1 (en) * 2013-09-13 2017-07-06 Resilux METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING A COATED FORM AND CONTAINER
CN105682897A (en) 2013-10-04 2016-06-15 泽菲罗斯公司 Method and apparatus for adhesion of inserts
CN105637234B (en) * 2013-10-04 2018-05-01 泽菲罗斯公司 Form the method and device with adhered panel and supporting structure
DE102013113780A1 (en) * 2013-12-10 2015-06-11 Krones Ag Method and device for producing plastic preforms
WO2015138710A1 (en) * 2014-03-13 2015-09-17 iMFLUX Inc. Plastic article forming apparatuses and methods for using the same
USD758526S1 (en) * 2014-07-24 2016-06-07 Jeffrey James Quail Compressed gas cartridge
CN109795763B (en) * 2014-08-01 2021-01-26 可口可乐公司 Lightweight base for carbonated beverage packaging
US9796891B2 (en) 2014-08-11 2017-10-24 Zephyros, Inc. Panel edge enclosures
US9821505B2 (en) * 2015-02-27 2017-11-21 Dr Pepper/Seven Up, Inc. High stretch ratio preforms and related containers and methods
JP6552890B2 (en) * 2015-06-30 2019-07-31 株式会社青木固研究所 Method of forming container by injection stretch blow molding machine
EP3556534B1 (en) * 2015-09-30 2021-07-07 Suntory Holdings Limited Preform coating device and preform coating method
EP3374412A1 (en) 2015-11-12 2018-09-19 Zephyros Inc. Controlled glass transition polymeric material and method
MX2018012105A (en) * 2016-04-06 2019-03-28 Amcor Rigid Plastics Usa Llc Multi-layer preform and container.
JP2018051902A (en) * 2016-09-28 2018-04-05 東洋製罐グループホールディングス株式会社 Multilayer structure molded body
JPWO2019069794A1 (en) * 2017-10-06 2020-10-22 北海製罐株式会社 Multiple bottles made of synthetic resin
US11511310B2 (en) * 2017-12-25 2022-11-29 Suntory Holdings Limited Preform coating device
JP7016888B2 (en) * 2017-12-25 2022-02-07 サントリーホールディングス株式会社 Preform coating equipment
US20190248051A1 (en) * 2018-02-12 2019-08-15 Sun-Fly International Business Development Limited Process for manufacturing a metal container having a plastic exterior susceptable to receiving indicia using dye sublimation
CN108357055A (en) * 2018-05-14 2018-08-03 浙江爱康医用塑料有限公司 Plastics nasal cavity tube method for secondary forming and processing mold
CN110921040B (en) * 2018-09-20 2021-07-16 宏全国际股份有限公司 Double-layer blank and double-layer bottle made of same
RU188724U1 (en) * 2018-10-05 2019-04-22 Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования "Рязанский государственный агротехнологический университет имени П.А. Костычева" (ФГБОУ ВО РГАТУ) PISTOL FOR CONSERVATION OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY
RU2705955C1 (en) * 2019-04-15 2019-11-12 Федеральное государственное бюджетное научное учреждение "Всероссийский научно-исследовательский институт использования техники и нефтепродуктов в сельском хозяйстве" (ФГБНУ ВНИИТиН) Device for heating mastic during conservation of agricultural machines
US10894625B1 (en) 2020-07-29 2021-01-19 Verre Vert, Inc. Lightweight polymer bottle for wine and spirits
CN113371323B (en) * 2021-07-30 2023-04-11 四川新升包装科技有限责任公司 High-barrier plastic container, preparation method and spraying equipment
US20240025090A1 (en) * 2022-07-20 2024-01-25 Trexel, Inc. Co-injection molding of foam articles

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4040233A (en) * 1970-09-14 1977-08-09 Valyi Emery I Method of obtaining a filled, fluid barrier resistant plastic container
US4578295A (en) * 1984-07-16 1986-03-25 Owens-Illinois, Inc. High barrier polymer blend and articles prepared therefrom
US4940616A (en) * 1982-11-15 1990-07-10 Mitsui Petrochemical Industries Multilayered container and method for making
US5464106A (en) * 1994-07-06 1995-11-07 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Multi-layer containers
EP0689933A2 (en) * 1994-06-28 1996-01-03 PepsiCo, Inc. Polyethylene terephthalate-containing laminate
US5489455A (en) * 1988-02-04 1996-02-06 Ppg Industries, Inc. Container with polyamine-polyepoxide gas barrier coating

Family Cites Families (219)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US34537A (en) * 1862-02-25 Improved machine for pricking leather
US3317471A (en) 1959-03-12 1967-05-02 Dow Chemical Co Thermoplastic resinous reaction product of a diglycidyl ether and an amino compound
US3305528A (en) 1960-11-30 1967-02-21 Union Carbide Corp Poly (hydroxyethers) and a method for their preparation
NL276020A (en) 1962-03-16
US3395118A (en) 1962-10-15 1968-07-30 Union Carbide Corp Modified thermoplastic polyhydroxyethers
US3482284A (en) 1967-02-23 1969-12-09 Husky Mfg Tool Works Ltd Dual injection-molding machine
US3632267A (en) 1968-03-12 1972-01-04 Kautex Werke Gmbh Apparatus for making hollow articles of thermoplastics
CH507802A (en) 1970-02-25 1971-05-31 Synthexa Establishment Process and injection mold for the production of hollow bodies from thermoplastics
US3944643A (en) 1970-07-10 1976-03-16 Showa Denko K.K. Method for manufacturing shaped articles by injection-blow molding
US3869056A (en) 1970-09-14 1975-03-04 Emery I Valyi Multilayered hollow plastic container
US3719735A (en) 1970-12-21 1973-03-06 Valyi Emery I Method for molding plastic containers
US3740181A (en) 1971-05-17 1973-06-19 Owens Illinois Inc Apparatus for blow molding plastic articles
US3878282A (en) 1971-08-10 1975-04-15 Ilikon Corp Process for molding multilayer articles
US3963399A (en) 1971-11-24 1976-06-15 Continental Can Company, Inc. Injection-blow molding apparatus with parison heat redistribution means
US3813198A (en) 1971-12-23 1974-05-28 Valyi Emery I Apparatus for making composite plastic articles
US3882213A (en) 1972-02-11 1975-05-06 Owens Illinois Inc Method of making blown plastic articles
US3819314A (en) 1972-05-31 1974-06-25 P Marcus Linear transfer injection blow molding
CH565647A5 (en) 1973-07-02 1975-08-29 Valyi Emery I
US3857660A (en) 1973-09-17 1974-12-31 Wheaton Industries Injection-blow molding machine
US3966378A (en) 1974-05-28 1976-06-29 Valyi Emery I Apparatus for making oriented hollow plastic articles
US3947176A (en) 1974-07-23 1976-03-30 Rainville Company, Inc. Double injection mold with neck gating
GB1482956A (en) 1974-09-10 1977-08-17 Ilikon Corp Process for moulding multi-layer articles
CH602308A5 (en) 1975-02-20 1978-07-31 Paul Marcus
US4149645A (en) 1975-07-02 1979-04-17 Valyi Emery I Plastic article and method for making same
CH618451A5 (en) 1975-10-02 1980-07-31 Emery I Valyi
US4092391A (en) 1976-07-30 1978-05-30 Valyi Emery I Method of making multilayered containers
DE2649640A1 (en) 1976-10-29 1978-05-03 Rainer Fischer Blank for plastics blow moulding is released from outer mould - by air forced into mould to press blank on to mandrel
SE430147B (en) 1977-05-13 1983-10-24 Plm Ab SUBJECT FOR MANUFACTURING PLASTIC MATERIAL CONTAINERS AS WELL AS ASTADCOMMUNICATING A SUBJECT
US4151247A (en) 1977-10-20 1979-04-24 Ethyl Corporation Injection blow molding apparatus
DE2755216A1 (en) 1977-12-10 1979-06-13 Demag Kunststofftech METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING PLASTIC PARTS IN COMPOSITE CONSTRUCTION
US4213751A (en) 1978-06-06 1980-07-22 The Continental Group, Inc. Valve gate mechanism for injection molding
GB2024087B (en) * 1978-06-29 1982-08-25 Yoshino Kogyosho Co Ltd Blow moulding polyester container
GB2038208B (en) 1978-11-20 1983-05-11 Yoshino Kogyosho Co Ltd Saturated polyester bottle-shaped container with hard coating and method of fabricating the same
US4323341A (en) 1979-01-24 1982-04-06 Valyi Emery I Apparatus for forming hollow plastic objects
US4284671A (en) 1979-05-11 1981-08-18 Clopay Corporation Polyester compositions for gas and moisture barrier materials
US4376090A (en) 1979-05-29 1983-03-08 Paul Marcus Injection molding system
US4375947A (en) 1979-05-29 1983-03-08 Paul Marcus Injection molding system
US4604044A (en) 1979-08-30 1986-08-05 Hoover Universal, Inc. Injection blow molding apparatus
US4357296A (en) 1979-08-30 1982-11-02 Ethyl Corporation Injection blow molding process
JPS5677143A (en) 1979-11-30 1981-06-25 Yoshino Kogyosho Co Ltd Polyethylene terephthalate resin product
US4381277A (en) 1980-05-29 1983-04-26 Plm Ab Method for producing containers
NL8102428A (en) 1980-05-29 1981-12-16 Plm Ab PRE-PREPARED FORMAT FROM THERMOPLASTIC PLASTIC.
NL8102376A (en) 1980-05-29 1981-12-16 Plm Ab METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING A HOLDER
JPS6037783B2 (en) 1980-12-02 1985-08-28 住友重機械工業株式会社 Multilayer stretch blow molding machine
US4378963A (en) 1980-12-11 1983-04-05 Schouenberg Hendrikus J E Injection mechanism for molding plastics
US4395222A (en) * 1981-05-15 1983-07-26 The Broadway Companies, Inc. Injection molding apparatus
US4731266A (en) 1981-06-03 1988-03-15 Rhone-Poulenc, S.A. Water-resistant polyvinyl alcohol film and its application to the preparation of gas-impermeable composite articles
US4956143A (en) 1981-09-16 1990-09-11 Taut, Inc. Method and apparatus for the multi-unit production of thin-walled tubular products utilizing an injection molding technique
DE3228743C2 (en) 1982-07-31 1985-11-14 Maschinenfabrik Köppern GmbH & Co KG, 4320 Hattingen Multiple injection mold for the simultaneous production of several moldings
JPS5878732A (en) 1981-11-05 1983-05-12 Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd Manufacture of coated orientation plastic bottle
DE3363881D1 (en) * 1982-04-12 1986-07-10 Siegfried Shankar Roy Injection blow molding apparatus
US4818213A (en) * 1982-04-12 1989-04-04 Roy Siegfried S Injection blow molding
EP0212339B1 (en) 1982-04-22 1995-08-16 Yoshino Kogyosho CO., LTD. Bottle-shaped container
JPS58183243A (en) 1982-04-22 1983-10-26 株式会社吉野工業所 Biaxial stretched blow molded bottle body made of synthetic resin
JPS58208046A (en) 1982-05-28 1983-12-03 東洋製罐株式会社 Plastic vessel with oriented coating and its manufacture
DE3365849D1 (en) 1982-06-07 1986-10-09 Idemitsu Petrochemical Co Laminated materials
US4515836A (en) 1982-07-16 1985-05-07 Nordson Corporation Process for coating substrates with aqueous polymer dispersions
CA1243040A (en) 1982-08-12 1988-10-11 Paul D. Mclean Epoxy resin fortifiers based on aromatic amides
US4551368A (en) 1982-09-07 1985-11-05 The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company Polyester melt blends having high gas barrier properties
US4482586A (en) * 1982-09-07 1984-11-13 The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company Multi-layer polyisophthalate and polyterephthalate articles and process therefor
US4403090A (en) 1982-09-07 1983-09-06 The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company Polyisophthalates and copolymers thereof having high barrier properties
US4598869A (en) * 1982-10-12 1986-07-08 Murata Kikai Kabushiki Kaisha Bobbin distributing device
JPS59120427A (en) 1982-12-28 1984-07-12 Katashi Aoki 2-layer preform molding apparatus for injection drawing blow molding machine
US4564541A (en) 1983-02-08 1986-01-14 Toyo Seikan Kaisha, Ltd. Plastic laminate structure and vessel
US4438254A (en) 1983-02-28 1984-03-20 The Dow Chemical Company Process for producing epoxy resins
JPS59199237A (en) 1983-04-28 1984-11-12 東洋製罐株式会社 Manufacture of multilayer stretched polyester bottle
ZA843231B (en) 1983-05-04 1984-12-24 American Can Co Multiple layer packaging film
IT1177704B (en) 1983-05-09 1987-08-26 Cosden Technology IMPROVEMENTS IN CONTAINERS WITH BARRIER MATERIAL WELDED BY CLUTCH
JPS6071207A (en) 1983-09-29 1985-04-23 Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd Multilayer preform for elongation blow molding and its manufacture
US4573596A (en) 1983-10-08 1986-03-04 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Plastic container with vapor barrier
JPH062397B2 (en) * 1983-11-28 1994-01-12 三井石油化学工業株式会社 Laminate having co-condensed polyester layer
US4459400A (en) 1983-12-12 1984-07-10 Eastman Kodak Company Poly(ester-amide) compositions
US4649004A (en) 1983-12-27 1987-03-10 Toyo Seikan Kaisha, Ltd. Process for production of multi-layer pipes for draw-forming
US4609516A (en) 1984-02-17 1986-09-02 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Method of forming laminated preforms
DE3407060C2 (en) 1984-02-27 1986-04-10 Krupp Corpoplast Maschinenbau GmbH, 2000 Hamburg Process for making a parison for blow molding
JPS60183334A (en) 1984-03-02 1985-09-18 日精エー・エス・ビー機械株式会社 Biaxial oriented vessel having excellent heat resistance andgas barrier property
JPS60247557A (en) 1984-05-09 1985-12-07 株式会社クラレ Laminate and manufacture thereof
US4540543A (en) 1984-06-11 1985-09-10 Canada Cup, Inc. Injection blow molding process and apparatus
US4538542A (en) 1984-07-16 1985-09-03 Nordson Corporation System for spray coating substrates
JPS6160436A (en) 1984-08-23 1986-03-28 東洋製罐株式会社 Multilayer gas barrier property oriented polyester vessel
EP0174265A3 (en) 1984-09-07 1987-09-09 The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company Solid state polymerization process
JPS61108542A (en) 1984-10-31 1986-05-27 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Multilayer vessel
US4604258A (en) 1984-11-15 1986-08-05 Canada Cup, Inc. Stack-mold for injection blow molding
JPH0617136B2 (en) 1985-02-15 1994-03-09 日精エ−・エス・ビ−機械株式会社 Biaxially oriented container with excellent gas barrier properties
US4646648A (en) * 1985-03-18 1987-03-03 Lindbom Torsten H Carrier moving apparatus with variable ratio transmission
JPS61235126A (en) 1985-04-12 1986-10-20 Nissei Ee S B Kikai Kk Multi-layer vessel and manufacture thereof
US4560741A (en) 1985-04-12 1985-12-24 Eastman Kodak Company Polyester resins capable of forming containers having improved gas barrier properties
EP0203630A3 (en) 1985-04-29 1988-04-06 Shell Internationale Researchmaatschappij B.V. Multiple-layer materials
DE3518441A1 (en) 1985-05-22 1986-11-27 Krupp Corpoplast Maschinenbau GmbH, 2000 Hamburg METHOD FOR PRODUCING A MOLD FOR BLOW MOLDING A HOLLOW BODY
DE3518875A1 (en) 1985-05-24 1986-11-27 Dow Chemical GmbH, 7587 Rheinmünster Coating composition, process for the coating of plastic articles, and plastic articles which have a polymer coating
US4942008A (en) 1985-07-10 1990-07-17 Cahill John W Process for molding a multiple layer structure
US4647648A (en) 1985-08-26 1987-03-03 The Dow Chemical Company Polyhydroxyethers from hydroxybiphenyls
US4753832A (en) 1985-09-10 1988-06-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Barrier laminates for the retention of essential oils, vitamins and flavors in citrus beverages and a method of making said laminate and leak-tight containers therefrom
US4715504A (en) 1985-10-02 1987-12-29 Owen-Illinois Plastic Products Inc. Oriented plastic container
JPS62189135A (en) 1985-10-09 1987-08-18 Kuraray Co Ltd Injection orientation blow molded vessel
US4844987A (en) 1985-10-29 1989-07-04 Teijin Limited Polyamide molding material and hollow-molded body obtained therefrom
GB2188272B (en) 1986-02-28 1990-10-10 Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd A process for preparation of a biaxially drawn polyester vessel having resistance to heat distortion and gas barrier properties.
US4755404A (en) 1986-05-30 1988-07-05 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Refillable polyester beverage bottle and preform for forming same
AU595373B2 (en) 1986-08-20 1990-03-29 Mitsui Petrochemical Industries, Ltd. Aromatic polyamide
DE3633884C1 (en) 1986-10-04 1988-02-25 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Method and device for producing field-controlling elastic sheathing for electrical medium and high voltage connectors
AU610555B2 (en) 1987-02-06 1991-05-23 Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. Parison and blow-moulded containers and processes for production thereof
JPS63194912A (en) 1987-02-09 1988-08-12 Nissei Ee S B Kikai Kk Preform for biaxially orienting container and molding method thereof
US4800129A (en) 1987-03-26 1989-01-24 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Multi-layer plastic container
JPS63260418A (en) 1987-04-17 1988-10-27 Mazda Motor Corp Extrusion molding device for multi-layer parison
EP0297795A3 (en) * 1987-07-02 1990-03-28 The Standard Oil Company Bonding of high nitriles onto surface plasma treated plastics
JP2555087B2 (en) 1987-07-23 1996-11-20 株式会社クラレ Heat resistant container
USRE34537E (en) 1987-09-23 1994-02-08 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Plastic composite barrier structures
JPH01131275A (en) 1987-11-16 1989-05-24 Mitsui Petrochem Ind Ltd Polyamide composition
GB8801599D0 (en) 1988-01-25 1988-02-24 Du Pont Canada Process for injection moulding of multi-layered articles
US5006381A (en) 1988-02-04 1991-04-09 Ppg Industries, Inc. Ungelled polyamine-polyepoxide resins
DE68927240T2 (en) 1988-05-06 1997-02-06 Ajinomoto Kk Plastic container and process for its manufacture
MX163432B (en) 1988-07-13 1992-05-12 Rohm & Haas MULTIPLE LAYER STRUCTURES
DE3824071A1 (en) 1988-07-15 1990-01-18 Bayer Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING INJECTED MOLDED BODIES FROM COMPOSITES
US4847129A (en) 1988-09-16 1989-07-11 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Multilayer preform for hot fill containers
US5039780A (en) 1988-11-08 1991-08-13 Mitsui Petrochemical Industries, Ltd. Copolyester having gas-barrier property
JPH02145337A (en) * 1988-11-28 1990-06-04 Mitsui Petrochem Ind Ltd Polyester resin laminate and utility thereof
US4954376A (en) 1988-12-30 1990-09-04 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Two material three/five layer preform
US4937130A (en) 1989-01-18 1990-06-26 General Electric Company Polycarbonate container having internal layers of amorphous polyamide
DE3908188C2 (en) 1989-03-14 1998-10-29 Tetra Pak Gmbh Plastic injection molding tool
GB8909249D0 (en) 1989-04-24 1989-06-07 Ici Plc Polyester composition
US5143998A (en) 1989-04-26 1992-09-01 The Dow Chemical Company Hydroxy-functional poly(amide ethers) as thermoplastic barrier resins
US5380479A (en) 1989-12-26 1995-01-10 The Dow Chemical Company Method and apparatus for producing multilayer plastic articles
US5202074A (en) 1989-12-26 1993-04-13 The Dow Chemical Company Method for producing injection molded multilayer articles
US5077111A (en) 1990-01-12 1991-12-31 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Recyclable multilayer plastic preform and container blown therefrom
US5164472A (en) * 1990-01-18 1992-11-17 The Dow Chemical Company Hydroxy-functional polyethers as thermoplastic barrier resins
US5115075A (en) 1990-05-08 1992-05-19 The Dow Chemical Company Amide and hydroxymethyl functionalized polyethers as thermoplastic barrier resins
SE9002100L (en) 1990-06-13 1991-12-14 Tetra Pak Holdings Sa LAMINATED PACKAGING MATERIAL WITH GOOD AROMBARRIA CHARACTERISTICS AS WELL AS MANUFACTURING THE MATERIAL
JPH089187B2 (en) 1990-09-10 1996-01-31 ポリプラスチックス株式会社 Polyester composite molded article and method for producing the same
ATE163949T1 (en) 1990-10-03 1998-03-15 Dow Chemical Co HYDROXY FUNCTIONALIZED POLYETHERAMINES FOR USE AS A BARRIER LAYER IN OXYGEN SENSITIVE MATERIALS
US5089588A (en) 1990-10-17 1992-02-18 The Dow Chemical Company Hydroxy-functional poly(amide ethers) as thermoplastic barrier resins
JPH04197634A (en) 1990-11-28 1992-07-17 Kao Corp Multi-layer plastic vessel and its manufacture
US5094793A (en) 1990-12-21 1992-03-10 The Dow Chemical Company Methods and apparatus for generating interfacial surfaces
JP3055108B2 (en) * 1990-12-26 2000-06-26 三井化学株式会社 Flexible bottle
US5272200A (en) 1991-02-15 1993-12-21 Kuraray Co., Ltd. Aqueous dispersion and substrate coated with the same
US5134218A (en) 1991-06-06 1992-07-28 The Dow Chemical Company Hydroxy-functional poly(amide ethers) as thermoplastic barrier resins
US5300572A (en) 1991-06-14 1994-04-05 Polyplastics Co., Ltd. Moldable polyester resin compositions and molded articles formed of the same
JPH04370107A (en) * 1991-06-17 1992-12-22 Teijin Ltd Modified copolyester and readily bondable polyester film coated with the same copolyester
US5149768A (en) 1991-06-21 1992-09-22 The Dow Chemical Company Hydroxy-functional poly(ether sulfonamides) as thermoplastic barrier resins
US5273811A (en) 1991-07-24 1993-12-28 Mitsubishi Kasei Corporation Stretched, laminated film
US5652034A (en) 1991-09-30 1997-07-29 Ppg Industries, Inc. Barrier properties for polymeric containers
JP2500556B2 (en) 1991-11-27 1996-05-29 東洋製罐株式会社 Laminated squeezing container with excellent impact resistance and its manufacturing method
DE69320565T2 (en) 1992-02-25 1999-04-08 Toray Industries BIOXIAL ORIENTED AND LAMINATED POLYESTER FILM
US5509965A (en) 1992-03-18 1996-04-23 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Preform coating apparatus and method
CA2095674A1 (en) 1992-05-13 1993-11-14 Nicholas A. Grippi Blood collection tube assembly
US5246751A (en) 1992-05-18 1993-09-21 The Dow Chemical Company Poly(hydroxy ether imides) as barrier packaging materials
US5628957A (en) 1992-07-07 1997-05-13 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Method of forming multilayer container with polyethylene naphthalalte (pen)
SK1595A3 (en) 1992-07-07 1995-09-13 Continental Pet Technologies Method of forming container with high-crystallinity sidewall and low-crystallinity base
WO1994001268A1 (en) 1992-07-07 1994-01-20 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Method of forming multi-layer preform and container with low crystallizing interior layer
JP2999071B2 (en) 1992-08-12 2000-01-17 麒麟麦酒株式会社 Bag body and bag-in-box for bag-in-box
GEP19981349B (en) * 1992-09-22 1998-08-25 Pepsico Inc Device and Method for the Production of Heat Treated, Transparent, Biaxially Oriented Blow Molded Containers from Thermoplast
US5258444A (en) 1993-01-22 1993-11-02 Ppg Industries, Inc. Aqueous coating composition for plastic substrates
IL110837A (en) 1993-09-10 2001-03-19 Plastipak Packaging Inc Polyethylene terephthalate multi-layer preform used for plastic blow molding and method for making the preform
US5443766A (en) 1993-09-10 1995-08-22 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Method of making multi-layer preform used for plastic blow molding
US6051294A (en) 1993-10-01 2000-04-18 The Dow Chemical Company Heat-resistant hydroxy-functional polyethers as thermoplastic barrier resins
JP2807619B2 (en) 1993-10-08 1998-10-08 株式会社新潟鉄工所 Resin molding machine
JPH07156349A (en) 1993-12-10 1995-06-20 Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd Multilayer vessel
US5508076A (en) 1994-02-10 1996-04-16 Electra Form, Inc. Layered preform
US5571470A (en) 1994-02-18 1996-11-05 The Coca-Cola Company Method for fabricating a thin inner barrier layer within a preform
EP0671251A1 (en) 1994-03-08 1995-09-13 FOBOHA GmbH Injection moulding method and apparatus for carrying out the method
EP0678544B2 (en) 1994-04-15 2004-04-07 Sika AG, vorm. Kaspar Winkler & Co. Two-component adhesive, sealing or coating composition and its application
US5837339A (en) 1994-06-23 1998-11-17 Cellresin Technologies, Llc Rigid polymeric beverage bottles with improved resistance to permeant elution
US5492947A (en) 1994-06-23 1996-02-20 Aspen Research Corporation Barrier material comprising a thermoplastic and a compatible cyclodextrin derivative
US5443378A (en) 1994-07-11 1995-08-22 Ferromatik Milacron Maschinenbau Gmbh Apparatus for the sandwich method of injection molding
US5545375A (en) 1994-10-03 1996-08-13 Becton, Dickinson And Company Blood collection tube assembly
US5599494A (en) 1994-10-13 1997-02-04 Marcus; Paul Method of forming a parison having multiple resin layers
US5759653A (en) 1994-12-14 1998-06-02 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Oxygen scavenging composition for multilayer preform and container
US5582788A (en) 1994-12-28 1996-12-10 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Method of cooling multilayer preforms
AR001460A1 (en) 1995-03-29 1997-10-22 Continental Pet Technologies Refillable plastic container for pressurized applications, method for manufacturing it, preform for manufacturing the container and method for molding the preform.
JP3488759B2 (en) 1995-04-18 2004-01-19 三菱樹脂株式会社 Co-extrusion film for deep drawing
AR002773A1 (en) 1995-07-07 1998-04-29 Continental Pet Technologies METHOD FOR INJECTION MOLDING OF A PLASTIC ARTICLE AND APPARATUS TO CARRY IT OUT.
EP0756931B2 (en) 1995-07-31 2011-06-22 Kureha Corporation Multilayer film
KR100462168B1 (en) 1995-10-02 2005-06-28 도레이 가부시끼가이샤 Easy casting Container-stretched polyester film
US5688570A (en) 1995-10-13 1997-11-18 Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. Method and apparatus for forming a multi-layer preform
EP0774491A3 (en) 1995-11-20 1997-12-03 General Electric Company Films, sheets and molded products made of a polyester/polycarbonate composition
US5972445A (en) 1996-01-17 1999-10-26 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Multilayer polyester sheet
US5716683A (en) 1996-01-30 1998-02-10 Becton, Dickinson And Company Blood collection tube assembly
DE19606045C2 (en) 1996-02-19 1997-11-27 Krupp Ag Hoesch Krupp Process for the injection molding of three-layer moldings and device for carrying out the process
DE69736211T2 (en) 1996-02-21 2007-05-03 Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. Polyester compositions and methods of making biaxially stretched polyester bottles
US5804016A (en) 1996-03-07 1998-09-08 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Multilayer container resistant to elevated temperatures and pressures, and method of making the same
US5820981A (en) * 1996-04-02 1998-10-13 Montell North America Inc. Radiation visbroken polypropylene and fibers made therefrom
US5780128A (en) 1996-04-15 1998-07-14 Pepsico Inc. Polyethylene preform and container
US5906285A (en) 1996-05-10 1999-05-25 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Plastic blow molded container
US5851471A (en) * 1996-05-16 1998-12-22 The Coca-Cola Company Method for injection molding a multi-layer preform for use in blow molding a plastic bottle
US5772056A (en) 1996-05-24 1998-06-30 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Plastic blow molded container
WO1998001347A1 (en) 1996-07-05 1998-01-15 Wella Aktiengesellschaft Hollow plastic structure with a high level of chemical stability
US5876812A (en) * 1996-07-09 1999-03-02 Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance, Sa Nanocomposite polymer container
US5888598A (en) * 1996-07-23 1999-03-30 The Coca-Cola Company Preform and bottle using pet/pen blends and copolymers
BR9711523A (en) 1996-09-23 1999-08-24 Amoco Corp Thermoplastic container thermoplastic bottle and process for the manufacture of an oxygen scavenging bottle
US5914138A (en) 1996-09-27 1999-06-22 Kortec, Inc. Apparatus for throttle-valving control for the co-extrusion of plastic materials as interior core streams encased by outer and inner streams for molding and the like
DE19640662C1 (en) 1996-10-02 1998-03-05 Krupp Ag Hoesch Krupp Injection moulding of bottle preforms
US5731094A (en) 1996-10-22 1998-03-24 The Dow Chemical Company Hydroxy-phenoxyether polyester coextruded laminates
US5728439A (en) 1996-12-04 1998-03-17 Ppg Industries, Inc. Multilayer packaging material for oxygen sensitive food and beverage
US6395865B2 (en) * 1997-12-05 2002-05-28 Continental Pet Technologies Inc Process for making pen/pet blends and transparent articles therefrom
US5902539A (en) * 1996-12-06 1999-05-11 Continental Pet Technologies, Inc. Process for making PEN/PET blends and transparent articles therefrom
US6284808B1 (en) * 1997-02-03 2001-09-04 Illinois Tool Works Inc. Inline solid state polymerization of PET flakes for manufacturing plastic strap by removing non-crystalline materials from recycled PET
US5886058A (en) * 1997-02-03 1999-03-23 Illinois Tool Works Inc. Inline solid state polymerization of pet flakes for manufacturing plastic strap
AU6959798A (en) 1997-04-16 1998-11-11 Husky Injection Molding Systems, Inc. Partial crystallization method and apparatus of amorphous plastic articles
US5927525A (en) 1997-04-28 1999-07-27 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Multi-layer containers and preforms
US6194042B1 (en) * 1997-07-10 2001-02-27 Tri-Seal Holdings, Inc. High barrier closure liner with oxygen absorbing capabilities
US6322738B1 (en) 1997-07-24 2001-11-27 Husky Injection Molding Systems Ltd. Method of injection over-molding articles
US6090337A (en) 1997-07-30 2000-07-18 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Method for making multi-layer plastic preform for blow molding
US5834078A (en) 1997-08-14 1998-11-10 The Dow Chemical Company Hydroxy-functionalized poly(amino ether) salts
JPH1177744A (en) * 1997-09-11 1999-03-23 Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd Preparation of multilayer preform having recovered polyester resin layer and multilayer preform
US6123211A (en) 1997-10-14 2000-09-26 American National Can Company Multilayer plastic container and method of making the same
US6312641B1 (en) * 1997-10-17 2001-11-06 Plastic Fabrication Technologies Llc Method of making containers and preforms incorporating barrier materials
TWI250934B (en) * 1997-10-17 2006-03-11 Advancsd Plastics Technologies Barrier-coated polyester articles and the fabrication method thereof
US6352426B1 (en) * 1998-03-19 2002-03-05 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd. Mold for injection molding multilayer preforms
DE69925658T2 (en) 1998-03-12 2005-11-10 Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Inc. Oxygen absorbing multilayer film, its production process and packaging container
IT1301690B1 (en) 1998-06-11 2000-07-07 Sinco Ricerche Spa MIXTURES OF POLYESTER RESINS WITH HIGH PROPERTIES OF AIGAS BARRIER.
US6749785B2 (en) 1998-09-01 2004-06-15 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Multilayer structures of poly(1,3-propylene 2,6 napthalate) and poly (ethylene terephthalate)
US6524672B1 (en) 1999-02-12 2003-02-25 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Multilayer preform and container with co-extruded liner
US6180715B1 (en) 1999-09-03 2001-01-30 The Dow Chemical Company Aqueous solution and dispersion of an acid salt of a polyetheramine
AU2001253915A1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-12 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd. Bottles and preforms having a crystalline neck
US6737464B1 (en) 2000-05-30 2004-05-18 University Of South Carolina Research Foundation Polymer nanocomposite comprising a matrix polymer and a layered clay material having a low quartz content
CN101288998A (en) * 2000-09-05 2008-10-22 先进塑胶技术卢森堡股份有限公司 Multilayer containers and preforms having barrier properties
US6933055B2 (en) * 2000-11-08 2005-08-23 Valspar Sourcing, Inc. Multilayered package with barrier properties
US6693011B2 (en) * 2001-10-02 2004-02-17 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Angewandten Forschung E.V. Power MOS element and method for producing the same
AU2003225961A1 (en) * 2002-03-21 2003-10-08 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd. Compatibilized polyester/polyamide blends
EG23499A (en) * 2002-07-03 2006-01-17 Advanced Plastics Technologies Dip, spray, and flow coating process for forming coated articles

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4040233A (en) * 1970-09-14 1977-08-09 Valyi Emery I Method of obtaining a filled, fluid barrier resistant plastic container
US4940616A (en) * 1982-11-15 1990-07-10 Mitsui Petrochemical Industries Multilayered container and method for making
US4578295A (en) * 1984-07-16 1986-03-25 Owens-Illinois, Inc. High barrier polymer blend and articles prepared therefrom
US5489455A (en) * 1988-02-04 1996-02-06 Ppg Industries, Inc. Container with polyamine-polyepoxide gas barrier coating
EP0689933A2 (en) * 1994-06-28 1996-01-03 PepsiCo, Inc. Polyethylene terephthalate-containing laminate
US5464106A (en) * 1994-07-06 1995-11-07 Plastipak Packaging, Inc. Multi-layer containers

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000034023A1 (en) * 1998-12-07 2000-06-15 Karl Hehl Method for producing multi-component preforms and preforms produced according to this method
WO2000062998A2 (en) * 1999-04-21 2000-10-26 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd. Apparatus and method for making barrier-coated polyester
WO2000062998A3 (en) * 1999-04-21 2001-02-15 Plastics Fabrication Technolog Apparatus and method for making barrier-coated polyester
AU2004231238B2 (en) * 1999-04-21 2007-09-06 Advanced Plastics Technologies Luxembourg S.A. Apparatus and Method for Making Barrier-Coated Polyester
EP1671776A1 (en) * 1999-04-21 2006-06-21 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd Apparatus and method for making barrier-coated polyester
WO2001083193A1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-08 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd. Bottles and preforms having a crystalline neck
JP2004511358A (en) * 2000-09-05 2004-04-15 アドバンスド プラスティックス テクノロジーズ リミテッド Multilayer containers and preforms with barrier properties using recycled materials
WO2002020246A1 (en) * 2000-09-05 2002-03-14 Advanced Plastics Technologies, Ltd. Multilayer containers and preforms having barrier properties utilizing recycled material
US6823624B2 (en) 2001-07-17 2004-11-30 S.I.T., Inc. Plastic article with protuberance
EP1277556A1 (en) * 2001-07-17 2003-01-22 Progarden S.p.A. Method for producing, by injection moulding, a plastic body provided with localized protuberances
WO2003086899A1 (en) * 2002-04-17 2003-10-23 Licher Privatbrauerei Drink packaging and method for producing a drink packaging
US7717057B2 (en) 2002-07-03 2010-05-18 Sharon Hutchinson Dip, spray, and flow coating process for forming coated articles
WO2004060748A1 (en) 2002-12-27 2004-07-22 Advanced Plastics Technologies Ltd Apparatus and process for manufacturing and filling flexible pouches
WO2005018912A1 (en) * 2003-07-21 2005-03-03 Alpla-Werke Alwin Lehner Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing a preform for plastic bottles
EP1593723A2 (en) * 2004-04-07 2005-11-09 PepsiCo, Inc. High Tg coatings
EP1593723A3 (en) * 2004-04-07 2007-01-10 PepsiCo, Inc. High Tg coatings
WO2006060104A1 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-06-08 Pepsico, Inc., A North Carolina Corporation Catalyzed process for forming coated articles
WO2006056217A1 (en) * 2004-11-23 2006-06-01 Pirelli & C. S.P.A. Process for producing a composite material
WO2007027606A1 (en) 2005-08-30 2007-03-08 Advanced Plastics Technologies Luxembourg S.A. Methods and systems for controlling mold temperatures
WO2008047091A2 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-04-24 Victrex Manufacturing Limited Polymeric materials
WO2008047091A3 (en) * 2006-10-17 2008-11-06 Victrex Mfg Ltd Polymeric materials
DE102007035736A1 (en) 2007-07-30 2009-02-05 N-Tec Gmbh Coating polyethylene terephthalate-preforms comprises hydrophilizing and ionizing preforms, coating preforms with agent and stretching, where preform is subjected, before/after coating, with hot water and agent is warmed before applying
NL2003132C2 (en) * 2009-07-03 2011-01-04 Heineken Supply Chain Bv Container, preform assembly and method and apparatus for forming containers.
WO2011002294A3 (en) * 2009-07-03 2011-04-07 Heineken Supply Chain B.V. Container, preform assembly and method and apparatus for forming containers
US10661481B2 (en) 2009-07-03 2020-05-26 Heineken Supply Chain B.V. Container, preform assembly and method and apparatus for forming containers
US10675783B2 (en) 2009-07-03 2020-06-09 Heineken Supply Chain B.V. Container, preform assembly and method and apparatus for forming containers
US11571836B2 (en) 2009-07-03 2023-02-07 Heineken Supply Chain B.V. Container, preform assembly and method and apparatus for forming containers
WO2012028221A3 (en) * 2010-08-31 2013-02-28 Khs Gmbh Method and device for treating preforms for producing containers by blow moulding and for printing on containers of this type

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU1100899A (en) 1999-05-10
NO20001915D0 (en) 2000-04-12
CA2312059C (en) 2009-12-22
NO20001915L (en) 2000-06-13
TWI250934B (en) 2006-03-11
DE69838396T2 (en) 2008-05-21
ES2293692T3 (en) 2008-03-16
US6676883B2 (en) 2004-01-13
CN1170887C (en) 2004-10-13
US6391408B1 (en) 2002-05-21
RU2200667C2 (en) 2003-03-20
AU752181B2 (en) 2002-09-05
US20030001315A1 (en) 2003-01-02
US20030219555A1 (en) 2003-11-27
CN1276816A (en) 2000-12-13
NO325367B1 (en) 2008-04-14
CA2312059A1 (en) 1999-04-29
BR9815227A (en) 2000-10-17
EP1023395B1 (en) 2007-09-05
CA2650806A1 (en) 1999-04-29
DE69838396D1 (en) 2007-10-18
NO20074886L (en) 2000-06-13
US20080061476A1 (en) 2008-03-13
EP1023395A2 (en) 2000-08-02
JP2001520135A (en) 2001-10-30
ATE372209T1 (en) 2007-09-15
WO1999020462A3 (en) 2000-04-13
US7332204B2 (en) 2008-02-19
SA98190744B1 (en) 2006-10-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU752181B2 (en) Barrier-coated polyester
US7645135B2 (en) Mold for injecting molding preforms
US20030031814A1 (en) Bottles and preforms having a crystalline neck
US7531226B2 (en) Multilayer containers and preforms having barrier properties utilizing recycled material
CA2763061C (en) Injection mold having a wear resistant portion and a high heat transfer portion
AU2006203442B2 (en) Barrier-Coated Polyester
AU2006203446B2 (en) Barrier-Coated Polyester
EP1873207A2 (en) Injected molded preform with barrier coated polyester and method for making a barrier coated polyester article
AU2002313121B2 (en) Barrier-Coated Polyester

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 98810275.7

Country of ref document: CN

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11008/99

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2312059

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2312059

Country of ref document: CA

Kind code of ref document: A

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2000 516832

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1998953693

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1998953693

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 11008/99

Country of ref document: AU

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1998953693

Country of ref document: EP